aixiao/rm_
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Projects Releases 3 Wiki Activity

based on coreutils-8.32

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
aixiao
2020-09-02 16:47:03 +08:00
parent 90bc173c8c
commit 94bccd8e8d
842 changed files with 296759 additions and 258 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

0
lib/.dirstamp Normal file
View File

43
lib/_Noreturn.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/* A C macro for declaring that a function does not return.
Copyright (C) 2011-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _Noreturn
# if (defined __cplusplus \
&& ((201103 <= __cplusplus && !(__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ == 7)) \
|| (defined _MSC_VER && 1900 <= _MSC_VER)) \
&& 0)
/* [[noreturn]] is not practically usable, because with it the syntax
extern _Noreturn void func (...);
would not be valid; such a declaration would only be valid with 'extern'
and '_Noreturn' swapped, or without the 'extern' keyword. However, some
AIX system header files and several gnulib header files use precisely
this syntax with 'extern'. */
# define _Noreturn [[noreturn]]
# elif ((!defined __cplusplus || defined __clang__) \
&& (201112 <= (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) \
|| 4 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
|| (defined __apple_build_version__ \
? 6000000 <= __apple_build_version__ \
: 3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))
/* _Noreturn works as-is. */
# elif 2 < __GNUC__ + (8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C
# define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# elif 1200 <= (defined _MSC_VER ? _MSC_VER : 0)
# define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn)
# else
# define _Noreturn
# endif
#endif

52
lib/acl-errno-valid.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
/* Test whether ACLs are well supported on this system.
Copyright 2013-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Written by Paul Eggert. */
#include <config.h>
#include <acl.h>
#include <errno.h>
/* Return true if errno value ERRNUM indicates that ACLs are well
supported on this system. ERRNUM should be an errno value obtained
after an ACL-related system call fails. */
bool
acl_errno_valid (int errnum)
{
/* Recognize some common errors such as from an NFS mount that does
not support ACLs, even when local drives do. */
switch (errnum)
{
case EBUSY: return false;
case EINVAL: return false;
#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
case ENOENT: return false;
#endif
case ENOSYS: return false;
#if defined ENOTSUP && ENOTSUP != EOPNOTSUPP
# if ENOTSUP != ENOSYS /* Needed for the MS-Windows port of GNU Emacs. */
case ENOTSUP: return false;
# endif
#endif
case EOPNOTSUPP: return false;
default: return true;
}
}

507
lib/acl-internal.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
/* Test whether a file has a nontrivial ACL. -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible. */
#include <config.h>
#include "acl.h"
#include "acl-internal.h"
#if USE_ACL && HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
# if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED.
Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial. */
int
acl_extended_nontrivial (acl_t acl)
{
/* acl is non-trivial if it is non-empty. */
return (acl_entries (acl) > 0);
}
# else /* Linux, FreeBSD, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_ACCESS.
Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.
Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it. */
int
acl_access_nontrivial (acl_t acl)
{
/* acl is non-trivial if it has some entries other than for "user::",
"group::", and "other::". Normally these three should be present
at least, allowing us to write
return (3 < acl_entries (acl));
but the following code is more robust. */
# if HAVE_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY /* Linux, FreeBSD, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
acl_entry_t ace;
int got_one;
for (got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_FIRST_ENTRY, &ace);
got_one > 0;
got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_NEXT_ENTRY, &ace))
{
acl_tag_t tag;
if (acl_get_tag_type (ace, &tag) < 0)
return -1;
if (!(tag == ACL_USER_OBJ || tag == ACL_GROUP_OBJ || tag == ACL_OTHER))
return 1;
}
return got_one;
# elif HAVE_ACL_TO_SHORT_TEXT /* IRIX */
/* Don't use acl_get_entry: it is undocumented. */
int count = acl->acl_cnt;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
acl_entry_t ace = &acl->acl_entry[i];
acl_tag_t tag = ace->ae_tag;
if (!(tag == ACL_USER_OBJ || tag == ACL_GROUP_OBJ
|| tag == ACL_OTHER_OBJ))
return 1;
}
return 0;
# elif HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* Tru64 */
/* Don't use acl_get_entry: it takes only one argument and does not work. */
int count = acl->acl_num;
acl_entry_t ace;
for (ace = acl->acl_first; count > 0; ace = ace->next, count--)
{
acl_tag_t tag;
acl_perm_t perm;
tag = ace->entry->acl_type;
if (!(tag == ACL_USER_OBJ || tag == ACL_GROUP_OBJ || tag == ACL_OTHER))
return 1;
perm = ace->entry->acl_perm;
/* On Tru64, perm can also contain non-standard bits such as
PERM_INSERT, PERM_DELETE, PERM_MODIFY, PERM_LOOKUP, ... */
if ((perm & ~(ACL_READ | ACL_WRITE | ACL_EXECUTE)) != 0)
return 1;
}
return 0;
# else
errno = ENOSYS;
return -1;
# endif
}
int
acl_default_nontrivial (acl_t acl)
{
/* acl is non-trivial if it is non-empty. */
return (acl_entries (acl) > 0);
}
# endif
#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_FACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5, not HP-UX */
/* Test an ACL retrieved with GETACL.
Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
int
acl_nontrivial (int count, aclent_t *entries)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
aclent_t *ace = &entries[i];
/* Note: If ace->a_type = USER_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_uid from stat().
If ace->a_type = GROUP_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_gid from stat().
We don't need to check ace->a_id in these cases. */
if (!(ace->a_type == USER_OBJ
|| ace->a_type == GROUP_OBJ
|| ace->a_type == OTHER_OBJ
/* Note: Cygwin does not return a CLASS_OBJ ("mask:") entry
sometimes. */
|| ace->a_type == CLASS_OBJ))
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
# ifdef ACE_GETACL
/* A shortcut for a bitmask. */
# define NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA (NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA)
/* Test an ACL retrieved with ACE_GETACL.
Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
int
acl_ace_nontrivial (int count, ace_t *entries)
{
int i;
/* The flags in the ace_t structure changed in a binary incompatible way
when ACL_NO_TRIVIAL etc. were introduced in <sys/acl.h> version 1.15.
How to distinguish the two conventions at runtime?
In the old convention, usually three ACEs have a_flags = ACE_OWNER /
ACE_GROUP / ACE_OTHER, in the range 0x0100..0x0400. In the new
convention, these values are not used. */
int old_convention = 0;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
if (entries[i].a_flags & (OLD_ACE_OWNER | OLD_ACE_GROUP | OLD_ACE_OTHER))
{
old_convention = 1;
break;
}
if (old_convention)
/* Running on Solaris 10. */
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
ace_t *ace = &entries[i];
/* Note:
If ace->a_flags = ACE_OWNER, ace->a_who is the st_uid from stat().
If ace->a_flags = ACE_GROUP, ace->a_who is the st_gid from stat().
We don't need to check ace->a_who in these cases. */
if (!(ace->a_type == OLD_ALLOW
&& (ace->a_flags == OLD_ACE_OWNER
|| ace->a_flags == OLD_ACE_GROUP
|| ace->a_flags == OLD_ACE_OTHER)))
return 1;
}
else
{
/* Running on Solaris 10 (newer version) or Solaris 11. */
unsigned int access_masks[6] =
{
0, /* owner@ deny */
0, /* owner@ allow */
0, /* group@ deny */
0, /* group@ allow */
0, /* everyone@ deny */
0 /* everyone@ allow */
};
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
ace_t *ace = &entries[i];
unsigned int index1;
unsigned int index2;
if (ace->a_type == NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE)
index1 = 1;
else if (ace->a_type == NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE)
index1 = 0;
else
return 1;
if (ace->a_flags == NEW_ACE_OWNER)
index2 = 0;
else if (ace->a_flags == (NEW_ACE_GROUP | NEW_ACE_IDENTIFIER_GROUP))
index2 = 2;
else if (ace->a_flags == NEW_ACE_EVERYONE)
index2 = 4;
else
return 1;
access_masks[index1 + index2] |= ace->a_access_mask;
}
/* The same bit shouldn't be both allowed and denied. */
if (access_masks[0] & access_masks[1])
return 1;
if (access_masks[2] & access_masks[3])
return 1;
if (access_masks[4] & access_masks[5])
return 1;
/* Check minimum masks. */
if ((NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER)
& ~ access_masks[1])
return 1;
access_masks[1] &= ~(NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER);
if ((NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
| NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
| NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
| NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE)
& ~ access_masks[5])
return 1;
access_masks[5] &= ~(NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
| NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
| NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
| NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE);
/* Check the allowed or denied bits. */
switch ((access_masks[0] | access_masks[1])
& ~(NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
| NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
| NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
| NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE))
{
case 0:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
break;
default:
return 1;
}
switch ((access_masks[2] | access_masks[3])
& ~(NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
| NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
| NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
| NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE))
{
case 0:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
break;
default:
return 1;
}
switch ((access_masks[4] | access_masks[5])
& ~(NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER))
{
case 0:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
break;
default:
return 1;
}
/* Check that the NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA and NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA bits are
either both allowed or both denied. */
if (((access_masks[0] & NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA) != 0)
!= ((access_masks[0] & NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA) != 0))
return 1;
if (((access_masks[2] & NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA) != 0)
!= ((access_masks[2] & NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA) != 0))
return 1;
if (((access_masks[4] & NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA) != 0)
!= ((access_masks[4] & NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA) != 0))
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
# endif
#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
int
acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl_entry *entries)
{
int i;
if (count > 3)
return 1;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
struct acl_entry *ace = &entries[i];
if (ace->uid != ACL_NSUSER && ace->gid != ACL_NSGROUP)
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
# if HAVE_ACLV_H /* HP-UX >= 11.11 */
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
int
aclv_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
struct acl *ace = &entries[i];
/* Note: If ace->a_type = USER_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_uid from stat().
If ace->a_type = GROUP_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_gid from stat().
We don't need to check ace->a_id in these cases. */
if (!(ace->a_type == USER_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
|| ace->a_type == GROUP_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
|| ace->a_type == CLASS_OBJ
|| ace->a_type == OTHER_OBJ))
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
# endif
#elif USE_ACL && (HAVE_ACLX_GET || HAVE_STATACL) /* AIX */
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
int
acl_nontrivial (struct acl *a)
{
/* The normal way to iterate through an ACL is like this:
struct acl_entry *ace;
for (ace = a->acl_ext; ace != acl_last (a); ace = acl_nxt (ace))
{
struct ace_id *aei;
switch (ace->ace_type)
{
case ACC_PERMIT:
case ACC_DENY:
case ACC_SPECIFY:
...;
}
for (aei = ace->ace_id; aei != id_last (ace); aei = id_nxt (aei))
...
}
*/
return (acl_last (a) != a->acl_ext ? 1 : 0);
}
# if HAVE_ACLX_GET && defined ACL_AIX_WIP /* newer AIX */
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
int
acl_nfs4_nontrivial (nfs4_acl_int_t *a)
{
# if 1 /* let's try this first */
return (a->aclEntryN > 0 ? 1 : 0);
# else
int count = a->aclEntryN;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
nfs4_ace_int_t *ace = &a->aclEntry[i];
if (!((ace->flags & ACE4_ID_SPECIAL) != 0
&& (ace->aceWho.special_whoid == ACE4_WHO_OWNER
|| ace->aceWho.special_whoid == ACE4_WHO_GROUP
|| ace->aceWho.special_whoid == ACE4_WHO_EVERYONE)
&& ace->aceType == ACE4_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE
&& ace->aceFlags == 0
&& (ace->aceMask & ~(ACE4_READ_DATA | ACE4_LIST_DIRECTORY
| ACE4_WRITE_DATA | ACE4_ADD_FILE
| ACE4_EXECUTE)) == 0))
return 1;
}
return 0;
# endif
}
# endif
#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
/* Test an ACL retrieved with ACL_GET.
Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
int
acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
struct acl *ace = &entries[i];
/* Note: If ace->a_type = USER_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_uid from stat().
If ace->a_type = GROUP_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_gid from stat().
We don't need to check ace->a_id in these cases. */
if (!(ace->a_type == USER_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
|| ace->a_type == GROUP_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
|| ace->a_type == CLASS_OBJ
|| ace->a_type == OTHER_OBJ))
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
#endif
void
free_permission_context (struct permission_context *ctx)
{
#if USE_ACL
# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
if (ctx->acl)
acl_free (ctx->acl);
# if !HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
if (ctx->default_acl)
acl_free (ctx->default_acl);
# endif
# elif defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5 */
free (ctx->entries);
# ifdef ACE_GETACL
free (ctx->ace_entries);
# endif
# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
# if HAVE_ACLV_H
# endif
# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
# endif
#endif
}

302
lib/acl-internal.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
/* Internal implementation of access control lists. -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible. */
#include "acl.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
/* All systems define the ACL related API in <sys/acl.h>. */
#if HAVE_SYS_ACL_H
# include <sys/acl.h>
#endif
#if defined HAVE_FACL && ! defined GETACLCNT && defined ACL_CNT
# define GETACLCNT ACL_CNT
#endif
/* On Linux and Cygwin >= 2.5, additional ACL related API is available in
<acl/libacl.h>. */
#ifdef HAVE_ACL_LIBACL_H
# include <acl/libacl.h>
#endif
/* On HP-UX >= 11.11, additional ACL API is available in <aclv.h>. */
#if HAVE_ACLV_H
# include <sys/types.h>
# include <aclv.h>
/* HP-UX 11.11 lacks these declarations. */
extern int acl (char *, int, int, struct acl *);
extern int aclsort (int, int, struct acl *);
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#ifndef MIN
# define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
#endif
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_FCHMOD
# define HAVE_FCHMOD false
# define fchmod(fd, mode) (-1)
#endif
#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#error "Please include config.h first."
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#ifndef ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE
# define ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE _GL_INLINE
#endif
#if USE_ACL
# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE
/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17 -- abandoned) specific version. */
/* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
# ifndef MIN_ACL_ENTRIES
# define MIN_ACL_ENTRIES 4
# endif
/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17) */
# ifdef HAVE_ACL_GET_FD
/* Most platforms have a 1-argument acl_get_fd, only OSF/1 has a 2-argument
macro(!). */
# if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* OSF/1 */
ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE acl_t
rpl_acl_get_fd (int fd)
{
return acl_get_fd (fd, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS);
}
# undef acl_get_fd
# define acl_get_fd rpl_acl_get_fd
# endif
# else
# define HAVE_ACL_GET_FD false
# undef acl_get_fd
# define acl_get_fd(fd) (NULL)
# endif
/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17) */
# ifdef HAVE_ACL_SET_FD
/* Most platforms have a 2-argument acl_set_fd, only OSF/1 has a 3-argument
macro(!). */
# if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* OSF/1 */
ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE int
rpl_acl_set_fd (int fd, acl_t acl)
{
return acl_set_fd (fd, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, acl);
}
# undef acl_set_fd
# define acl_set_fd rpl_acl_set_fd
# endif
# else
# define HAVE_ACL_SET_FD false
# undef acl_set_fd
# define acl_set_fd(fd, acl) (-1)
# endif
/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 13) */
# if ! HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT
# define acl_free_text(buf) acl_free (buf)
# endif
/* Linux-specific */
/* Cygwin >= 2.5 implements this function, but it returns 1 for all
directories, thus is unusable. */
# if !defined HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE || defined __CYGWIN__
# undef HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE
# define HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE false
# define acl_extended_file(name) (-1)
# endif
# if ! defined HAVE_ACL_FROM_MODE && ! defined HAVE_ACL_FROM_TEXT
# define acl_from_mode (NULL)
# endif
/* Set to 0 if a file's mode is stored independently from the ACL. */
# if (HAVE_ACL_COPY_EXT_NATIVE && HAVE_ACL_CREATE_ENTRY_NP) || defined __sgi /* Mac OS X, IRIX */
# define MODE_INSIDE_ACL 0
# endif
/* Return the number of entries in ACL.
Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it. */
/* Define a replacement for acl_entries if needed. (Only Linux has it.) */
# if !HAVE_ACL_ENTRIES
# define acl_entries rpl_acl_entries
extern int acl_entries (acl_t);
# endif
# if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED.
Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial. */
extern int acl_extended_nontrivial (acl_t);
# else
/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_ACCESS.
Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.
Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it. */
extern int acl_access_nontrivial (acl_t);
/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT.
Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.
Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it. */
extern int acl_default_nontrivial (acl_t);
# endif
# elif HAVE_FACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5, not HP-UX */
/* Set to 0 if a file's mode is stored independently from the ACL. */
# if defined __CYGWIN__ /* Cygwin */
# define MODE_INSIDE_ACL 0
# endif
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
extern int acl_nontrivial (int count, aclent_t *entries) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
# ifdef ACE_GETACL /* Solaris 10 */
/* Test an ACL retrieved with ACE_GETACL.
Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
extern int acl_ace_nontrivial (int count, ace_t *entries) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
/* Definitions for when the built executable is executed on Solaris 10
(newer version) or Solaris 11. */
/* For a_type. */
# define OLD_ALLOW 0
# define OLD_DENY 1
# define NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE 0 /* replaces ALLOW */
# define NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE 1 /* replaces DENY */
/* For a_flags. */
# define OLD_ACE_OWNER 0x0100
# define OLD_ACE_GROUP 0x0200
# define OLD_ACE_OTHER 0x0400
# define NEW_ACE_OWNER 0x1000
# define NEW_ACE_GROUP 0x2000
# define NEW_ACE_IDENTIFIER_GROUP 0x0040
# define NEW_ACE_EVERYONE 0x4000
/* For a_access_mask. */
# define NEW_ACE_READ_DATA 0x001 /* corresponds to 'r' */
# define NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA 0x002 /* corresponds to 'w' */
# define NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA 0x004
# define NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS 0x008
# define NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS 0x010
# define NEW_ACE_EXECUTE 0x020
# define NEW_ACE_DELETE_CHILD 0x040
# define NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES 0x080
# define NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES 0x100
# define NEW_ACE_DELETE 0x10000
# define NEW_ACE_READ_ACL 0x20000
# define NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL 0x40000
# define NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER 0x80000
# define NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE 0x100000
# endif
# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
extern int acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl_entry *entries);
# if HAVE_ACLV_H /* HP-UX >= 11.11 */
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
extern int aclv_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries);
# endif
# elif HAVE_ACLX_GET && 0 /* AIX */
/* TODO */
# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
extern int acl_nontrivial (struct acl *a);
# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
extern int acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries);
# endif
/* Set to 1 if a file's mode is implicit by the ACL. */
# ifndef MODE_INSIDE_ACL
# define MODE_INSIDE_ACL 1
# endif
#endif
struct permission_context {
mode_t mode;
#if USE_ACL
# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
acl_t acl;
# if !HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
acl_t default_acl;
# endif
bool acls_not_supported;
# elif defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5 */
int count;
aclent_t *entries;
# ifdef ACE_GETACL
int ace_count;
ace_t *ace_entries;
# endif
# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
struct acl_entry entries[NACLENTRIES];
int count;
# if HAVE_ACLV_H
struct acl aclv_entries[NACLVENTRIES];
int aclv_count;
# endif
# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
union { struct acl a; char room[4096]; } u;
bool have_u;
# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
struct acl entries[NACLENTRIES];
int count;
# endif
#endif
};
int get_permissions (const char *, int, mode_t, struct permission_context *);
int set_permissions (struct permission_context *, const char *, int);
void free_permission_context (struct permission_context *);
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END

35
lib/acl.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
/* acl.c - access control lists
Copyright (C) 2002, 2008-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Written by Paul Eggert. */
#ifndef _GL_ACL_H
#define _GL_ACL_H 1
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
bool acl_errno_valid (int) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
int file_has_acl (char const *, struct stat const *);
int qset_acl (char const *, int, mode_t);
int set_acl (char const *, int, mode_t);
int qcopy_acl (char const *, int, char const *, int, mode_t);
int copy_acl (char const *, int, char const *, int, mode_t);
int chmod_or_fchmod (char const *, int, mode_t);
#endif

75
lib/acl_entries.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/* Return the number of entries in an ACL.
Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Written by Paul Eggert and Andreas Gruenbacher. */
#include <config.h>
#include "acl-internal.h"
/* This file assumes POSIX-draft like ACLs
(Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5). */
/* Return the number of entries in ACL.
Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it. */
int
acl_entries (acl_t acl)
{
int count = 0;
if (acl != NULL)
{
#if HAVE_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
# if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
/* acl_get_entry returns 0 when it successfully fetches an entry,
and -1/EINVAL at the end. */
acl_entry_t ace;
int got_one;
for (got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_FIRST_ENTRY, &ace);
got_one >= 0;
got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_NEXT_ENTRY, &ace))
count++;
# else /* Linux, FreeBSD, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
/* acl_get_entry returns 1 when it successfully fetches an entry,
and 0 at the end. */
acl_entry_t ace;
int got_one;
for (got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_FIRST_ENTRY, &ace);
got_one > 0;
got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_NEXT_ENTRY, &ace))
count++;
if (got_one < 0)
return -1;
# endif
#else /* IRIX, Tru64 */
# if HAVE_ACL_TO_SHORT_TEXT /* IRIX */
/* Don't use acl_get_entry: it is undocumented. */
count = acl->acl_cnt;
# endif
# if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* Tru64 */
/* Don't use acl_get_entry: it takes only one argument and does not
work. */
count = acl->acl_num;
# endif
#endif
}
return count;
}

213
lib/af_alg.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
/* af_alg.c - Compute message digests from file streams and buffers.
Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>, 2018. */
#include <config.h>
#include "af_alg.h"
#if USE_LINUX_CRYPTO_API
#include <unistd.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <linux/if_alg.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <sys/sendfile.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include "sys-limits.h"
#define BLOCKSIZE 32768
/* Return a newly created socket for ALG.
On error, return a negative error number. */
static int
alg_socket (char const *alg)
{
struct sockaddr_alg salg = {
.salg_family = AF_ALG,
.salg_type = "hash",
};
/* Copy alg into salg.salg_name, without calling strcpy nor strlen. */
for (size_t i = 0; (salg.salg_name[i] = alg[i]) != '\0'; i++)
if (i == sizeof salg.salg_name - 1)
/* alg is too long. */
return -EINVAL;
int cfd = socket (AF_ALG, SOCK_SEQPACKET | SOCK_CLOEXEC, 0);
if (cfd < 0)
return -EAFNOSUPPORT;
int ofd = (bind (cfd, (struct sockaddr *) &salg, sizeof salg) == 0
? accept4 (cfd, NULL, 0, SOCK_CLOEXEC)
: -1);
close (cfd);
return ofd < 0 ? -EAFNOSUPPORT : ofd;
}
int
afalg_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, const char *alg,
void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen)
{
/* On Linux < 4.9, the value for an empty stream is wrong (all zeroes).
See <https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9308641/>.
This was not fixed properly until November 2016,
see <https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9434741/>. */
if (len == 0)
return -EAFNOSUPPORT;
int ofd = alg_socket (alg);
if (ofd < 0)
return ofd;
int result;
for (;;)
{
ssize_t size = (len > BLOCKSIZE ? BLOCKSIZE : len);
if (send (ofd, buffer, size, MSG_MORE) != size)
{
result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
break;
}
buffer += size;
len -= size;
if (len == 0)
{
result = read (ofd, resblock, hashlen) == hashlen ? 0 : -EAFNOSUPPORT;
break;
}
}
close (ofd);
return result;
}
int
afalg_stream (FILE *stream, const char *alg,
void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen)
{
int ofd = alg_socket (alg);
if (ofd < 0)
return ofd;
/* If STREAM's size is known and nonzero and not too large, attempt
sendfile to pipe the data. The nonzero restriction avoids issues
with /proc files that pretend to be empty, and lets the classic
read-write loop work around an empty-input bug noted below. */
int fd = fileno (stream);
int result;
struct stat st;
off_t off = ftello (stream);
if (0 <= off && fstat (fd, &st) == 0
&& (S_ISREG (st.st_mode) || S_TYPEISSHM (&st) || S_TYPEISTMO (&st))
&& off < st.st_size && st.st_size - off < SYS_BUFSIZE_MAX)
{
/* Make sure the offset of fileno (stream) reflects how many bytes
have been read from stream before this function got invoked.
Note: fflush on an input stream after ungetc does not work as expected
on some platforms. Therefore this situation is not supported here. */
if (fflush (stream))
result = -EIO;
else
{
off_t nbytes = st.st_size - off;
if (sendfile (ofd, fd, &off, nbytes) == nbytes)
{
if (read (ofd, resblock, hashlen) == hashlen)
{
/* The input buffers of stream are no longer valid. */
if (lseek (fd, off, SEEK_SET) != (off_t)-1)
result = 0;
else
/* The file position of fd has not changed. */
result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
}
else
/* The file position of fd has not changed. */
result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
}
else
/* The file position of fd has not changed. */
result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
}
}
else
{
/* sendfile not possible, do a classic read-write loop. */
/* Number of bytes to seek (backwards) in case of error. */
off_t nseek = 0;
for (;;)
{
char buf[BLOCKSIZE];
/* When the stream is not seekable, start with a single-byte block,
so that we can use ungetc() in the case that send() fails. */
size_t blocksize = (nseek == 0 && off < 0 ? 1 : BLOCKSIZE);
ssize_t size = fread (buf, 1, blocksize, stream);
if (size == 0)
{
/* On Linux < 4.9, the value for an empty stream is wrong (all 0).
See <https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9308641/>.
This was not fixed properly until November 2016,
see <https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9434741/>. */
result = ferror (stream) ? -EIO : nseek == 0 ? -EAFNOSUPPORT : 0;
break;
}
nseek -= size;
if (send (ofd, buf, size, MSG_MORE) != size)
{
if (nseek == -1)
{
/* 1 byte of pushback buffer is guaranteed on stream, even
if stream is not seekable. */
ungetc ((unsigned char) buf[0], stream);
result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
}
else if (fseeko (stream, nseek, SEEK_CUR) == 0)
/* The position of stream has been restored. */
result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
else
result = -EIO;
break;
}
/* Don't assume that EOF is sticky. See:
<https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19476>. */
if (feof (stream))
{
result = 0;
break;
}
}
if (result == 0 && read (ofd, resblock, hashlen) != hashlen)
{
if (nseek == 0 || fseeko (stream, nseek, SEEK_CUR) == 0)
/* The position of stream has been restored. */
result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
else
result = -EIO;
}
}
close (ofd);
return result;
}
#endif

115
lib/af_alg.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/* af_alg.h - Compute message digests from file streams and buffers.
Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>, 2018.
Documentation by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2018. */
/* Declare specific functions for computing message digests
using the Linux kernel crypto API, if available. This kernel API gives
access to specialized crypto instructions (that would also be available
in user space) or to crypto devices (not directly available in user space).
For a more complete set of facilities that use the Linux kernel crypto API,
look at libkcapi. */
#ifndef AF_ALG_H
# define AF_ALG_H 1
# include <stdio.h>
# include <errno.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
# if USE_LINUX_CRYPTO_API
/* Compute a message digest of a memory region.
The memory region starts at BUFFER and is LEN bytes long.
ALG is the message digest algorithm; see the file /proc/crypto.
RESBLOCK points to a block of HASHLEN bytes, for the result.
HASHLEN must be the length of the message digest, in bytes, in particular:
alg | hashlen
-------+--------
md5 | 16
sha1 | 20
sha224 | 28
sha256 | 32
sha384 | 48
sha512 | 64
If successful, fill RESBLOCK and return 0.
Upon failure, return a negated error number. */
int
afalg_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, const char *alg,
void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen);
/* Compute a message digest of data read from STREAM.
STREAM is an open file stream. The last operation on STREAM should
not be 'ungetc', and if STREAM is also open for writing it should
have been fflushed since its last write. Read from the current
position to the end of STREAM. Handle regular files efficiently.
ALG is the message digest algorithm; see the file /proc/crypto.
RESBLOCK points to a block of HASHLEN bytes, for the result.
HASHLEN must be the length of the message digest, in bytes, in particular:
alg | hashlen
-------+--------
md5 | 16
sha1 | 20
sha224 | 28
sha256 | 32
sha384 | 48
sha512 | 64
If successful, fill RESBLOCK and return 0.
Upon failure, return a negated error number.
Unless returning 0 or -EIO, restore STREAM's file position so that
the caller can fall back on some other method. */
int
afalg_stream (FILE *stream, const char *alg,
void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen);
# else
static inline int
afalg_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, const char *alg,
void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen)
{
return -EAFNOSUPPORT;
}
static inline int
afalg_stream (FILE *stream, const char *alg,
void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen)
{
return -EAFNOSUPPORT;
}
# endif
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif /* AF_ALG_H */

50
lib/alignof.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/* Determine alignment of types.
Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2006, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _ALIGNOF_H
#define _ALIGNOF_H
#include <stddef.h>
/* alignof_slot (TYPE)
Determine the alignment of a structure slot (field) of a given type,
at compile time. Note that the result depends on the ABI.
This is the same as alignof (TYPE) and _Alignof (TYPE), defined in
<stdalign.h> if __alignof_is_defined is 1.
Note: The result cannot be used as a value for an 'enum' constant,
due to bugs in HP-UX 10.20 cc and AIX 3.2.5 xlc. */
#if defined __cplusplus
template <class type> struct alignof_helper { char __slot1; type __slot2; };
# define alignof_slot(type) offsetof (alignof_helper<type>, __slot2)
#else
# define alignof_slot(type) offsetof (struct { char __slot1; type __slot2; }, __slot2)
#endif
/* alignof_type (TYPE)
Determine the good alignment of an object of the given type at compile time.
Note that this is not necessarily the same as alignof_slot(type).
For example, with GNU C on x86 platforms: alignof_type(double) = 8, but
- when -malign-double is not specified: alignof_slot(double) = 4,
- when -malign-double is specified: alignof_slot(double) = 8.
Note: The result cannot be used as a value for an 'enum' constant,
due to bugs in HP-UX 10.20 cc and AIX 3.2.5 xlc. */
#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __IBM__ALIGNOF__
# define alignof_type __alignof__
#else
# define alignof_type alignof_slot
#endif
#endif /* _ALIGNOF_H */

478
lib/alloca.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
(Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
There are some preprocessor constants that can
be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
The general concept of this implementation is to keep
track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
#include <config.h>
#include <alloca.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef emacs
# include "lisp.h"
# include "blockinput.h"
# ifdef EMACS_FREE
# undef free
# define free EMACS_FREE
# endif
#else
# define memory_full() abort ()
#endif
/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
# ifndef alloca
# ifdef emacs
# ifdef static
/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
-- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
in order to make unexec workable
*/
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
you
lose
-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for
old and obscure compilers. */
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
# endif /* static */
# endif /* emacs */
/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
long i00afunc ();
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
# else
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
# endif
/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
# define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
# endif
# if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
# define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
# else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
# define STACK_DIR stack_dir
static int
find_stack_direction (int *addr, int depth)
{
int dir, dummy = 0;
if (! addr)
addr = &dummy;
*addr = addr < &dummy ? 1 : addr == &dummy ? 0 : -1;
dir = depth ? find_stack_direction (addr, depth - 1) : 0;
return dir + dummy;
}
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
/* An "alloca header" is used to:
(a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
(b) keep track of stack depth.
It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
# ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
# define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
# endif
typedef union hdr
{
char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
struct
{
union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
} h;
} header;
static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
void *
alloca (size_t size)
{
auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
# if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
STACK_DIR = find_stack_direction (NULL, (size & 1) + 20);
# endif
/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
{
register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
# ifdef emacs
BLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
|| (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
{
register header *np = hp->h.next;
free (hp); /* Collect garbage. */
hp = np; /* -> next header. */
}
else
break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
# ifdef emacs
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
}
if (size == 0)
return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
/* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
{
/* Address of header. */
register header *new;
size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
memory_full ();
new = malloc (combined_size);
if (! new)
memory_full ();
new->h.next = last_alloca_header;
new->h.deep = depth;
last_alloca_header = new;
/* User storage begins just after header. */
return (void *) (new + 1);
}
}
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
# include <stdio.h>
# endif
# ifndef CRAY_STACK
# define CRAY_STACK
# ifndef CRAY2
/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
struct stack_control_header
{
long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */
long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */
long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */
long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */
};
/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack
grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial
part of the stack segment linkage control information is
0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage
for the routine which overflows the stack. */
struct stack_segment_linkage
{
long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */
long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */
long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */
long:32;
long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous
segment of stack. */
long:32;
long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */
long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for
microtasking. */
long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */
long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */
long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */
long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */
long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */
long ssa0;
long ssa1;
long ssa2;
long ssa3;
long ssa4;
long ssa5;
long ssa6;
long ssa7;
long sss0;
long sss1;
long sss2;
long sss3;
long sss4;
long sss5;
long sss6;
long sss7;
};
# else /* CRAY2 */
/* The following structure defines the vector of words
returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
struct stk_stat
{
long now; /* Current total stack size. */
long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would
be required to satisfy the maximum
stack demand to date. */
long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */
long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */
long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */
long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */
long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */
long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */
long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */
long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */
long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */
long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */
long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */
long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */
long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This
number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
include the fifteen word trailer area. */
long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */
long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */
};
/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is
out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */
struct stk_trailer
{
long this_address; /* Address of this block. */
long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include
this trailer). */
long unknown2;
long unknown3;
long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous
segment. */
long unknown5;
long unknown6;
long unknown7;
long unknown8;
long unknown9;
long unknown10;
long unknown11;
long unknown12;
long unknown13;
long unknown14;
};
# endif /* CRAY2 */
# endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
# ifdef CRAY2
/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
static long
i00afunc (long *address)
{
struct stk_stat status;
struct stk_trailer *trailer;
long *block, size;
long result = 0;
/* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first
step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this
more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
$LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */
STKSTAT (&status);
/* Set up the iteration. */
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+ status.current_size
- 15);
/* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is
a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */
if (trailer == NULL)
abort ();
/* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */
while (trailer != NULL)
{
block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
size = trailer->this_size;
if (block == NULL || size == 0)
abort ();
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
break;
}
/* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
of all predecessor segments. */
result = address - block;
if (trailer == NULL)
{
return result;
}
do
{
if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
abort ();
result += trailer->this_size;
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
}
while (trailer != NULL);
/* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one
not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably
not what you want. */
return (result);
}
# else /* not CRAY2 */
/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
for alloca. */
static long
i00afunc (long address)
{
long stkl = 0;
long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
long result = 0;
struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
/* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store
your registers on the stack and find that you are past
the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
area, which is what we are really interested in. */
stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
/* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
one has the address of the first word of the segment.
If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
nonzero. */
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
size = ssptr->sssize;
this_segment = stkl - size;
/* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not
contain the target address. */
while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
# endif
if (pseg == 0)
break;
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
this_segment = stkl - size;
}
result = address - this_segment;
/* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
a cycle somewhere. */
while (pseg != 0)
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
# endif
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
result += size;
}
return (result);
}
# endif /* not CRAY2 */
# endif /* CRAY */
# endif /* no alloca */
#endif /* not GCC 2 */

72
lib/alloca.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
/* Memory allocation on the stack.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2020 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
means there is a real alloca function. */
#ifndef _GL_ALLOCA_H
#define _GL_ALLOCA_H
/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
Use of alloca should be avoided:
- inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
- in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
calling function returns,
- for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
request, the program just crashes.
*/
#ifndef alloca
# ifdef __GNUC__
/* Some version of mingw have an <alloca.h> that causes trouble when
included after 'alloca' gets defined as a macro. As a workaround, include
this <alloca.h> first and define 'alloca' as a macro afterwards. */
# if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && 1
# include_next <alloca.h>
# endif
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# elif defined _AIX
# define alloca __alloca
# elif defined _MSC_VER
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined __DECC && defined __VMS
# define alloca __ALLOCA
# elif defined __TANDEM && defined _TNS_E_TARGET
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *_alloca (unsigned short);
# pragma intrinsic (_alloca)
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined __MVS__
# include <stdlib.h>
# else
# include <stddef.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *alloca (size_t);
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _GL_ALLOCA_H */

71
lib/alloca.in.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/* Memory allocation on the stack.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2020 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
means there is a real alloca function. */
#ifndef _GL_ALLOCA_H
#define _GL_ALLOCA_H
/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
Use of alloca should be avoided:
- inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
- in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
calling function returns,
- for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
request, the program just crashes.
*/
#ifndef alloca
# ifdef __GNUC__
/* Some version of mingw have an <alloca.h> that causes trouble when
included after 'alloca' gets defined as a macro. As a workaround, include
this <alloca.h> first and define 'alloca' as a macro afterwards. */
# if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && @HAVE_ALLOCA_H@
# include_next <alloca.h>
# endif
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# elif defined _AIX
# define alloca __alloca
# elif defined _MSC_VER
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined __DECC && defined __VMS
# define alloca __ALLOCA
# elif defined __TANDEM && defined _TNS_E_TARGET
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *_alloca (unsigned short);
# pragma intrinsic (_alloca)
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined __MVS__
# include <stdlib.h>
# else
# include <stddef.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *alloca (size_t);
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _GL_ALLOCA_H */

5
lib/allocator.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
#include <config.h>
#include "allocator.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
struct allocator const stdlib_allocator = { malloc, realloc, free, NULL };

58
lib/allocator.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
/* Memory allocators such as malloc+free.
Copyright (C) 2011-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#ifndef _GL_ALLOCATOR_H
#define _GL_ALLOCATOR_H
#include <stddef.h>
/* An object describing a memory allocator family. */
struct allocator
{
/* Do not use GCC attributes such as __attribute__ ((malloc)) with
the function types pointed at by these members, because these
attributes do not work with pointers to functions. See
<https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2011-04/msg00007.html>. */
/* Call ALLOCATE to allocate memory, like 'malloc'. On failure ALLOCATE
should return NULL, though not necessarily set errno. When given
a zero size it may return NULL even if successful. */
void *(*allocate) (size_t);
/* If nonnull, call REALLOCATE to reallocate memory, like 'realloc'.
On failure REALLOCATE should return NULL, though not necessarily set
errno. When given a zero size it may return NULL even if
successful. */
void *(*reallocate) (void *, size_t);
/* Call FREE to free memory, like 'free'. */
void (*free) (void *);
/* If nonnull, call DIE (SIZE) if MALLOC (SIZE) or REALLOC (...,
SIZE) fails. DIE should not return. SIZE should equal SIZE_MAX
if size_t overflow was detected while calculating sizes to be
passed to MALLOC or REALLOC. */
void (*die) (size_t);
};
/* An allocator using the stdlib functions and a null DIE function. */
extern struct allocator const stdlib_allocator;
#endif /* _GL_ALLOCATOR_H */

57
lib/anytostr.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/* anytostr.c -- convert integers to printable strings
Copyright (C) 2001, 2006, 2008-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert */
/* Tell gcc not to warn about the (i < 0) test, below. */
#if (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 4 < __GNUC__
# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtype-limits"
#elif defined __clang__
# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wtautological-compare"
#endif
#include <config.h>
#include "inttostr.h"
/* Convert I to a printable string in BUF, which must be at least
INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (INTTYPE) bytes long. Return the address of the
printable string, which need not start at BUF. */
char * __attribute_warn_unused_result__
anytostr (inttype i, char *buf)
{
char *p = buf + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (inttype);
*p = 0;
if (i < 0)
{
do
*--p = '0' - i % 10;
while ((i /= 10) != 0);
*--p = '-';
}
else
{
do
*--p = '0' + i % 10;
while ((i /= 10) != 0);
}
return p;
}

128
lib/areadlink-with-size.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
/* readlink wrapper to return the link name in malloc'd storage.
Unlike xreadlink and xreadlink_with_size, don't ever call exit.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net> */
#include <config.h>
#include "areadlink.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
# define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2))
#endif
/* SYMLINK_MAX is used only for an initial memory-allocation sanity
check, so it's OK to guess too small on hosts where there is no
arbitrary limit to symbolic link length. */
#ifndef SYMLINK_MAX
# define SYMLINK_MAX 1024
#endif
#define MAXSIZE (SIZE_MAX < SSIZE_MAX ? SIZE_MAX : SSIZE_MAX)
/* Call readlink to get the symbolic link value of FILE.
SIZE is a hint as to how long the link is expected to be;
typically it is taken from st_size. It need not be correct.
Return a pointer to that NUL-terminated string in malloc'd storage.
If readlink fails, malloc fails, or if the link value is longer
than SSIZE_MAX, return NULL (caller may use errno to diagnose). */
char *
areadlink_with_size (char const *file, size_t size)
{
/* Some buggy file systems report garbage in st_size. Defend
against them by ignoring outlandish st_size values in the initial
memory allocation. */
size_t symlink_max = SYMLINK_MAX;
size_t INITIAL_LIMIT_BOUND = 8 * 1024;
size_t initial_limit = (symlink_max < INITIAL_LIMIT_BOUND
? symlink_max + 1
: INITIAL_LIMIT_BOUND);
enum { stackbuf_size = 128 };
/* The initial buffer size for the link value. */
size_t buf_size = (size == 0 ? stackbuf_size
: size < initial_limit ? size + 1 : initial_limit);
while (1)
{
ssize_t r;
size_t link_length;
char stackbuf[stackbuf_size];
char *buf = stackbuf;
char *buffer = NULL;
if (! (size == 0 && buf_size == stackbuf_size))
{
buf = buffer = malloc (buf_size);
if (!buffer)
return NULL;
}
r = readlink (file, buf, buf_size);
link_length = r;
/* On AIX 5L v5.3 and HP-UX 11i v2 04/09, readlink returns -1
with errno == ERANGE if the buffer is too small. */
if (r < 0 && errno != ERANGE)
{
int saved_errno = errno;
free (buffer);
errno = saved_errno;
return NULL;
}
if (link_length < buf_size)
{
buf[link_length] = 0;
if (!buffer)
{
buffer = malloc (link_length + 1);
if (buffer)
return memcpy (buffer, buf, link_length + 1);
}
else if (link_length + 1 < buf_size)
{
/* Shrink BUFFER before returning it. */
char *shrinked_buffer = realloc (buffer, link_length + 1);
if (shrinked_buffer != NULL)
buffer = shrinked_buffer;
}
return buffer;
}
free (buffer);
if (buf_size <= MAXSIZE / 2)
buf_size *= 2;
else if (buf_size < MAXSIZE)
buf_size = MAXSIZE;
else
{
errno = ENOMEM;
return NULL;
}
}
}

56
lib/areadlink.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* areadlink.c -- readlink wrapper to return the link name in malloc'd storage
Unlike xreadlink and xreadlink_with_size, don't ever call exit.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "areadlink.h"
#include "careadlinkat.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* Get the symbolic link value of FILENAME and put it into BUFFER, with
size BUFFER_SIZE. This function acts like readlink but has
readlinkat's signature. */
static ssize_t
careadlinkatcwd (int fd, char const *filename, char *buffer,
size_t buffer_size)
{
/* FD must be AT_FDCWD here, otherwise the caller is using this
function in contexts it was not meant for. */
if (fd != AT_FDCWD)
abort ();
return readlink (filename, buffer, buffer_size);
}
/* Call readlink to get the symbolic link value of FILENAME.
Return a pointer to that NUL-terminated string in malloc'd storage.
If readlink fails, return NULL and set errno.
If allocation fails, or if the link value is longer than SIZE_MAX :-),
return NULL and set errno to ENOMEM. */
char *
areadlink (char const *filename)
{
return careadlinkat (AT_FDCWD, filename, NULL, 0, NULL, careadlinkatcwd);
}

33
lib/areadlink.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
/* Read symbolic links without size limitation.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2004, 2007, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net> */
#include <stddef.h>
extern char *areadlink (char const *filename);
extern char *areadlink_with_size (char const *filename, size_t size_hint);
#if GNULIB_AREADLINKAT
extern char *areadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename);
#endif
#if GNULIB_AREADLINKAT_WITH_SIZE
extern char *areadlinkat_with_size (int fd, char const *filename,
size_t size_hint);
#endif

67
lib/areadlinkat.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
/* areadlinkat.c -- readlinkat wrapper to return malloc'd link name
Unlike xreadlinkat, only call exit on failure to change directory.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>,
and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>,
and Eric Blake <ebb9@byu.net>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "areadlink.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "careadlinkat.h"
#if HAVE_READLINKAT
/* Call readlinkat to get the symbolic link value of FILENAME relative to FD.
Return a pointer to that NUL-terminated string in malloc'd storage.
If readlinkat fails, return NULL and set errno (although failure to
change directory will issue a diagnostic and exit).
If allocation fails, or if the link value is longer than SIZE_MAX :-),
return NULL and set errno to ENOMEM. */
char *
areadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename)
{
return careadlinkat (fd, filename, NULL, 0, NULL, readlinkat);
}
#else /* !HAVE_READLINKAT */
/* It is more efficient to change directories only once and call
areadlink, rather than repeatedly call the replacement
readlinkat. */
# define AT_FUNC_NAME areadlinkat
# define AT_FUNC_F1 areadlink
# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS /* empty */
# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS /* empty */
# define AT_FUNC_RESULT char *
# define AT_FUNC_FAIL NULL
# include "at-func.c"
# undef AT_FUNC_NAME
# undef AT_FUNC_F1
# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
# undef AT_FUNC_RESULT
# undef AT_FUNC_FAIL
#endif /* !HAVE_READLINKAT */

26
lib/arg-nonnull.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
/* A C macro for declaring that specific arguments must not be NULL.
Copyright (C) 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc. */
#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
# else
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
# endif
#endif

273
lib/argmatch.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-1999, 2001-2007, 2009-2020 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "argmatch.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
#include "error.h"
#include "quotearg.h"
#include "getprogname.h"
#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
# include "unlocked-io.h"
#endif
/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE. Do not use
literal_quoting_style. */
#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE locale_quoting_style
#endif
/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
# include "exitfail.h"
# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (exit_failure)
#endif
#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
#endif
static void
__argmatch_die (void)
{
ARGMATCH_DIE;
}
/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH. See description in argmatch.h.
Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
NULL-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
synonyms, i.e., for
"yes", "yop" -> 0
"no", "nope" -> 1
"y" is a valid argument, for 0, and "n" for 1. */
ptrdiff_t
argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
const void *vallist, size_t valsize)
{
size_t i; /* Temporary index in ARGLIST. */
size_t arglen; /* Length of ARG. */
ptrdiff_t matchind = -1; /* Index of first nonexact match. */
bool ambiguous = false; /* If true, multiple nonexact match(es). */
arglen = strlen (arg);
/* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches. */
for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
{
if (!strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
{
if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
/* Exact match found. */
return i;
else if (matchind == -1)
/* First nonexact match found. */
matchind = i;
else
{
/* Second nonexact match found. */
if (vallist == NULL
|| memcmp ((char const *) vallist + valsize * matchind,
(char const *) vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
{
/* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
disambiguate. */
ambiguous = true;
}
}
}
}
if (ambiguous)
return -2;
else
return matchind;
}
/* Error reporting for argmatch.
CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch. */
void
argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, ptrdiff_t problem)
{
char const *format = (problem == -1
? _("invalid argument %s for %s")
: _("ambiguous argument %s for %s"));
error (0, 0, format, quotearg_n_style (0, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value),
quote_n (1, context));
}
/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
void
argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
const void *vallist, size_t valsize)
{
size_t i;
const char *last_val = NULL;
/* We try to put synonyms on the same line. The assumption is that
synonyms follow each other */
fputs (_("Valid arguments are:"), stderr);
for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
if ((i == 0)
|| memcmp (last_val, (char const *) vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
{
fprintf (stderr, "\n - %s", quote (arglist[i]));
last_val = (char const *) vallist + valsize * i;
}
else
{
fprintf (stderr, ", %s", quote (arglist[i]));
}
putc ('\n', stderr);
}
/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
"--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.). Upon failure,
calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
ptrdiff_t
__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
const void *vallist, size_t valsize,
argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
{
ptrdiff_t res = argmatch (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize);
if (res >= 0)
/* Success. */
return res;
/* We failed. Explain why. */
argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
(*exit_fn) ();
return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
}
/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
const char *
argmatch_to_argument (const void *value,
const char *const *arglist,
const void *vallist, size_t valsize)
{
size_t i;
for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
if (!memcmp (value, (char const *) vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
return arglist[i];
return NULL;
}
#ifdef TEST
/*
* Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
*/
/* When to make backup files. */
enum backup_type
{
/* Never make backups. */
no_backups,
/* Make simple backups of every file. */
simple_backups,
/* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
and simple backups of the others. */
numbered_existing_backups,
/* Make numbered backups of every file. */
numbered_backups
};
/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
values */
static const char *const backup_args[] =
{
"no", "none", "off",
"simple", "never",
"existing", "nil",
"numbered", "t",
0
};
static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
{
no_backups, no_backups, no_backups,
simple_backups, simple_backups,
numbered_existing_backups, numbered_existing_backups,
numbered_backups, numbered_backups
};
int
main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
{
const char *cp;
enum backup_type backup_type = no_backups;
if (argc > 2)
{
fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", getprogname ());
exit (1);
}
if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
backup_type = XARGMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
backup_args, backup_vals);
if (argc == 2)
backup_type = XARGMATCH (getprogname (), argv[1],
backup_args, backup_vals);
printf ("The version control is '%s'\n",
ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
return 0;
}
#endif

331
lib/argmatch.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-1999, 2001-2002, 2004-2005, 2009-2020 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
# include <limits.h>
# include <stdbool.h>
# include <stddef.h>
# include <stdio.h>
# include <string.h> /* memcmp */
# include "gettext.h"
# include "quote.h"
# include "verify.h"
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof (Array) / sizeof *(Array))
/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
(argument list ends with a NULL guard). */
# define ARGMATCH_VERIFY(Arglist, Vallist) \
verify (ARRAY_CARDINALITY (Arglist) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY (Vallist) + 1)
/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
matches with ARG. If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
to the same values in VALLIST). */
ptrdiff_t argmatch (char const *arg, char const *const *arglist,
void const *vallist, size_t valsize) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
argmatch (Arg, Arglist, (void const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails. This function should not
return. By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
in turn defaults to 'exit (exit_failure)'. */
typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) (void);
extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed. Report correct values. */
void argmatch_invalid (char const *context, char const *value,
ptrdiff_t problem);
/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
argmatch_invalid (Context, Value, Problem)
/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments. */
void argmatch_valid (char const *const *arglist,
void const *vallist, size_t valsize);
# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
argmatch_valid (Arglist, (void const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, report an explanation of the
failure, and exit using the function EXIT_FN. */
ptrdiff_t __xargmatch_internal (char const *context,
char const *arg, char const *const *arglist,
void const *vallist, size_t valsize,
argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn);
/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
((Vallist) [__xargmatch_internal (Context, Arg, Arglist, \
(void const *) (Vallist), \
sizeof *(Vallist), \
argmatch_die)])
/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
char const *argmatch_to_argument (void const *value,
char const *const *arglist,
void const *vallist, size_t valsize)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist) \
argmatch_to_argument (Value, Arglist, \
(void const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
# define ARGMATCH_DEFINE_GROUP(Name, Type) \
/* The type of the values of this group. */ \
typedef Type argmatch_##Name##_type; \
\
/* The size of the type of the values of this group. */ \
enum argmatch_##Name##_size_enum \
{ \
argmatch_##Name##_size = sizeof (argmatch_##Name##_type) \
}; \
\
/* Argument mapping of this group. */ \
typedef struct \
{ \
/* Argument (e.g., "simple"). */ \
const char *arg; \
/* Value (e.g., simple_backups). */ \
const argmatch_##Name##_type val; \
} argmatch_##Name##_arg; \
\
/* Documentation of this group. */ \
typedef struct \
{ \
/* Argument (e.g., "simple"). */ \
const char *arg; \
/* Documentation (e.g., N_("always make simple backups")). */ \
const char *doc; \
} argmatch_##Name##_doc; \
\
/* All the features of an argmatch group. */ \
typedef struct \
{ \
const argmatch_##Name##_arg* args; \
const argmatch_##Name##_doc* docs; \
\
/* Printed before the usage message. */ \
const char *doc_pre; \
/* Printed after the usage message. */ \
const char *doc_post; \
} argmatch_##Name##_group_type; \
\
/* The structure the user must build. */ \
extern const argmatch_##Name##_group_type argmatch_##Name##_group; \
\
/* Print the documentation of this group. */ \
void argmatch_##Name##_usage (FILE *out); \
\
/* If nonnegative, the index I of ARG in ARGS, i.e, \
ARGS[I] == ARG. \
Return -1 for invalid argument, -2 for ambiguous argument. */ \
ptrdiff_t argmatch_##Name##_choice (const char *arg); \
\
/* A pointer to the corresponding value if it exists, or \
report an error and exit with failure if the argument was \
not recognized. */ \
const argmatch_##Name##_type* \
argmatch_##Name##_value (const char *context, const char *arg); \
\
/* The first argument in ARGS that matches this value, or NULL. */ \
const char * \
argmatch_##Name##_argument (const argmatch_##Name##_type *val); \
\
ptrdiff_t \
argmatch_##Name##_choice (const char *arg) \
{ \
const argmatch_##Name##_group_type *g = &argmatch_##Name##_group; \
size_t size = argmatch_##Name##_size; \
ptrdiff_t res = -1; /* Index of first nonexact match. */ \
bool ambiguous = false; /* Whether multiple nonexact match(es). */ \
size_t arglen = strlen (arg); \
\
/* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated \
matches. */ \
for (size_t i = 0; g->args[i].arg; i++) \
if (!strncmp (g->args[i].arg, arg, arglen)) \
{ \
if (strlen (g->args[i].arg) == arglen) \
/* Exact match found. */ \
return i; \
else if (res == -1) \
/* First nonexact match found. */ \
res = i; \
else if (memcmp (&g->args[res].val, &g->args[i].val, size)) \
/* Second nonexact match found. */ \
/* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not \
disambiguate. */ \
ambiguous = true; \
} \
return ambiguous ? -2 : res; \
} \
\
const char * \
argmatch_##Name##_argument (const argmatch_##Name##_type *val) \
{ \
const argmatch_##Name##_group_type *g = &argmatch_##Name##_group; \
size_t size = argmatch_##Name##_size; \
for (size_t i = 0; g->args[i].arg; i++) \
if (!memcmp (val, &g->args[i].val, size)) \
return g->args[i].arg; \
return NULL; \
} \
\
/* List the valid values of this group. */ \
static void \
argmatch_##Name##_valid (FILE *out) \
{ \
const argmatch_##Name##_group_type *g = &argmatch_##Name##_group; \
size_t size = argmatch_##Name##_size; \
\
/* Try to put synonyms on the same line. Synonyms are expected \
to follow each other. */ \
fputs (gettext ("Valid arguments are:"), out); \
for (int i = 0; g->args[i].arg; i++) \
if (i == 0 \
|| memcmp (&g->args[i-1].val, &g->args[i].val, size)) \
fprintf (out, "\n - %s", quote (g->args[i].arg)); \
else \
fprintf (out, ", %s", quote (g->args[i].arg)); \
putc ('\n', out); \
} \
\
const argmatch_##Name##_type* \
argmatch_##Name##_value (const char *context, const char *arg) \
{ \
const argmatch_##Name##_group_type *g = &argmatch_##Name##_group; \
ptrdiff_t res = argmatch_##Name##_choice (arg); \
if (res < 0) \
{ \
argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res); \
argmatch_##Name##_valid (stderr); \
argmatch_die (); \
} \
return &g->args[res].val; \
} \
\
/* The column in which the documentation is displayed. \
The leftmost possible, but no more than 20. */ \
static int \
argmatch_##Name##_doc_col (void) \
{ \
const argmatch_##Name##_group_type *g = &argmatch_##Name##_group; \
size_t size = argmatch_##Name##_size; \
int res = 0; \
for (int i = 0; g->docs[i].arg; ++i) \
{ \
int col = 4; \
int ival = argmatch_##Name##_choice (g->docs[i].arg); \
if (ival < 0) \
/* Pseudo argument, display it. */ \
col += strlen (g->docs[i].arg); \
else \
/* Genuine argument, display it with its synonyms. */ \
for (int j = 0; g->args[j].arg; ++j) \
if (! memcmp (&g->args[ival].val, &g->args[j].val, size)) \
col += (col == 4 ? 0 : 2) + strlen (g->args[j].arg); \
if (res <= col) \
res = col <= 20 ? col : 20; \
} \
return res ? res : 20; \
} \
\
void \
argmatch_##Name##_usage (FILE *out) \
{ \
const argmatch_##Name##_group_type *g = &argmatch_##Name##_group; \
size_t size = argmatch_##Name##_size; \
/* Width of the screen. Help2man does not seem to support \
arguments on several lines, so in that case pretend a very \
large width. */ \
const int screen_width = getenv ("HELP2MAN") ? INT_MAX : 80; \
if (g->doc_pre) \
fprintf (out, "%s\n", gettext (g->doc_pre)); \
int doc_col = argmatch_##Name##_doc_col (); \
for (int i = 0; g->docs[i].arg; ++i) \
{ \
int col = 0; \
bool first = true; \
int ival = argmatch_##Name##_choice (g->docs[i].arg); \
if (ival < 0) \
/* Pseudo argument, display it. */ \
col += fprintf (out, " %s", g->docs[i].arg); \
else \
/* Genuine argument, display it with its synonyms. */ \
for (int j = 0; g->args[j].arg; ++j) \
if (! memcmp (&g->args[ival].val, &g->args[j].val, size)) \
{ \
if (!first \
&& screen_width < col + 2 + strlen (g->args[j].arg)) \
{ \
fprintf (out, ",\n"); \
col = 0; \
first = true; \
} \
if (first) \
{ \
col += fprintf (out, " "); \
first = false; \
} \
else \
col += fprintf (out, ","); \
col += fprintf (out, " %s", g->args[j].arg); \
} \
/* The doc. Separated by at least two spaces. */ \
if (doc_col < col + 2) \
{ \
fprintf (out, "\n"); \
col = 0; \
} \
fprintf (out, "%*s%s\n", \
doc_col - col, "", gettext (g->docs[i].doc)); \
} \
if (g->doc_post) \
fprintf (out, "%s\n", gettext (g->doc_post)); \
}
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */

111
lib/argv-iter.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
/* Iterate over arguments from argv or --files0-from=FILE
Copyright (C) 2008-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#include <config.h>
#include "argv-iter.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
struct argv_iterator
{
/* Test FP to determine whether in read-mode or argv-mode. */
/* file-mode: fp records position */
FILE *fp;
size_t item_idx;
char *tok;
size_t buf_len;
/* argv-mode: record just argv and current pointer */
char **arg_list;
char **p;
};
struct argv_iterator *
argv_iter_init_argv (char **argv)
{
struct argv_iterator *ai = malloc (sizeof *ai);
if (!ai)
return NULL;
ai->fp = NULL;
ai->arg_list = argv;
ai->p = argv;
return ai;
}
/* Initialize to read from the stream, FP.
The input is expected to contain a list of NUL-delimited tokens. */
struct argv_iterator *
argv_iter_init_stream (FILE *fp)
{
struct argv_iterator *ai = malloc (sizeof *ai);
if (!ai)
return NULL;
ai->fp = fp;
ai->tok = NULL;
ai->buf_len = 0;
ai->item_idx = 0;
ai->arg_list = NULL;
return ai;
}
char *
argv_iter (struct argv_iterator *ai, enum argv_iter_err *err)
{
if (ai->fp)
{
ssize_t len = getdelim (&ai->tok, &ai->buf_len, '\0', ai->fp);
if (len < 0)
{
*err = feof (ai->fp) ? AI_ERR_EOF : AI_ERR_READ;
return NULL;
}
*err = AI_ERR_OK;
ai->item_idx++;
return ai->tok;
}
else
{
if (*(ai->p) == NULL)
{
*err = AI_ERR_EOF;
return NULL;
}
else
{
*err = AI_ERR_OK;
return *(ai->p++);
}
}
}
size_t
argv_iter_n_args (struct argv_iterator const *ai)
{
return ai->fp ? ai->item_idx : ai->p - ai->arg_list;
}
void
argv_iter_free (struct argv_iterator *ai)
{
if (ai->fp)
free (ai->tok);
free (ai);
}

42
lib/argv-iter.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/* Iterate over arguments from argv or --files0-from=FILE
Copyright (C) 2008-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
/* Definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL. */
#include "arg-nonnull.h"
struct argv_iterator;
enum argv_iter_err
{
AI_ERR_OK = 1,
AI_ERR_EOF,
AI_ERR_MEM,
AI_ERR_READ
};
struct argv_iterator *argv_iter_init_argv (char **argv)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1));
struct argv_iterator *argv_iter_init_stream (FILE *fp)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1));
char *argv_iter (struct argv_iterator *, enum argv_iter_err *)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
size_t argv_iter_n_args (struct argv_iterator const *)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1));
void argv_iter_free (struct argv_iterator *)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1));

621
lib/arpa/inet.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
/* A GNU-like <arpa/inet.h>.
Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GL_ARPA_INET_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
#pragma GCC system_header
#endif
#if 1
# include <features.h> /* for __GLIBC__ */
#endif
/* Gnulib's sys/socket.h is responsible for defining socklen_t (used below) and
for pulling in winsock2.h etc. under MinGW.
But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */
#ifndef __GLIBC__
# include <sys/socket.h>
#endif
/* On NonStop Kernel, inet_ntop and inet_pton are declared in <netdb.h>.
But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */
#if defined __TANDEM && !defined __GLIBC__
# include <netdb.h>
#endif
#if 1
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
# include_next <arpa/inet.h>
#endif
#ifndef _GL_ARPA_INET_H
#define _GL_ARPA_INET_H
/* Get all possible declarations of inet_ntop() and inet_pton(). */
#if (1 || IN_COREUTILS_GNULIB_TESTS || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
&& 0
# include <ws2tcpip.h>
#endif
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
/* C++ compatible function declaration macros.
Copyright (C) 2010-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
/* Begin/end the GNULIB_NAMESPACE namespace. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE {
# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE }
#else
# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE
#endif
/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
* For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
it exists:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if !@HAVE_FOO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
* For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if @REPLACE_FOO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef foo
# define foo rpl_foo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
* For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if @REPLACE_FOO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef foo
# define foo rpl_foo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
# else
# if !@HAVE_FOO@ or if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
*/
/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
performs the declaration with C linkage. */
#if defined __cplusplus
# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
#else
# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
#endif
/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
Example:
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
*/
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
Example:
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
*/
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
Wrapping rpl_func in an object with an inline conversion operator
avoids a reference to rpl_func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
actually used in the program. */
#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return ::rpl_func; \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
declaration. A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
that would otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>(::rpl_func); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
Wrapping func in an object with an inline conversion operator
avoids a reference to func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
actually used in the program. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return ::func; \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>(::func); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2. Two consecutive casts
are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
errors that would otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
/* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways. */
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>((rettype2 (*) parameters2)(::func)); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. func must be defined without overloaded
variants. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
/* To work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
# if !__OPTIMIZE__
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
"The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
"Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
extern __typeof__ (func) func
# else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
# endif
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
/* To work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
# if !__OPTIMIZE__
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
"The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
"Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
# else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
# endif
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
/* A C macro for declaring that specific arguments must not be NULL.
Copyright (C) 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc. */
#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
# else
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
# endif
#endif
/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
/* A C macro for emitting warnings if a function is used.
Copyright (C) 2010-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "literal string") issues a declaration
for FUNCTION which will then trigger a compiler warning containing
the text of "literal string" anywhere that function is called, if
supported by the compiler. If the compiler does not support this
feature, the macro expands to an unused extern declaration.
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE ("literal string") expands to the
attribute used in _GL_WARN_ON_USE. If the compiler does not support
this feature, it expands to empty.
These macros are useful for marking a function as a potential
portability trap, with the intent that "literal string" include
instructions on the replacement function that should be used
instead.
_GL_WARN_ON_USE is for functions with 'extern' linkage.
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE is for functions with 'static' or 'inline'
linkage.
However, one of the reasons that a function is a portability trap is
if it has the wrong signature. Declaring FUNCTION with a different
signature in C is a compilation error, so this macro must use the
same type as any existing declaration so that programs that avoid
the problematic FUNCTION do not fail to compile merely because they
included a header that poisoned the function. But this implies that
_GL_WARN_ON_USE is only safe to use if FUNCTION is known to already
have a declaration. Use of this macro implies that there must not
be any other macro hiding the declaration of FUNCTION; but
undefining FUNCTION first is part of the poisoning process anyway
(although for symbols that are provided only via a macro, the result
is a compilation error rather than a warning containing
"literal string"). Also note that in C++, it is only safe to use if
FUNCTION has no overloads.
For an example, it is possible to poison 'getline' by:
- adding a call to gl_WARN_ON_USE_PREPARE([[#include <stdio.h>]],
[getline]) in configure.ac, which potentially defines
HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLINE
- adding this code to a header that wraps the system <stdio.h>:
#undef getline
#if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLINE
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getline, "getline is required by POSIX 2008, but"
"not universally present; use the gnulib module getline");
#endif
It is not possible to directly poison global variables. But it is
possible to write a wrapper accessor function, and poison that
(less common usage, like &environ, will cause a compilation error
rather than issue the nice warning, but the end result of informing
the developer about their portability problem is still achieved):
#if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENVIRON
static char ***
rpl_environ (void) { return &environ; }
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rpl_environ, "environ is not always properly declared");
# undef environ
# define environ (*rpl_environ ())
#endif
or better (avoiding contradictory use of 'static' and 'extern'):
#if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENVIRON
static char ***
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE ("environ is not always properly declared")
rpl_environ (void) { return &environ; }
# undef environ
# define environ (*rpl_environ ())
#endif
*/
#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE
# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later. */
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
extern __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE(message) \
__attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
/* Verify the existence of the function. */
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
extern __typeof__ (function) function
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE(message)
# else /* Unsupported. */
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE(message)
# endif
#endif
/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, "string")
is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "string"), except that the function is
declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type, parameters,
and attributes.
This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does
not work in this case. */
#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX
# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes \
__attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
/* Verify the existence of the function. */
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes
# else /* Unsupported. */
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
# endif
#endif
/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration;
performs the declaration with C linkage. */
#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C
# if defined __cplusplus
# define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C"
# else
# define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern
# endif
#endif
#if 1
/* Converts an internet address from internal format to a printable,
presentable format.
AF is an internet address family, such as AF_INET or AF_INET6.
SRC points to a 'struct in_addr' (for AF_INET) or 'struct in6_addr'
(for AF_INET6).
DST points to a buffer having room for CNT bytes.
The printable representation of the address (in numeric form, not
surrounded by [...], no reverse DNS is done) is placed in DST, and
DST is returned. If an error occurs, the return value is NULL and
errno is set. If CNT bytes are not sufficient to hold the result,
the return value is NULL and errno is set to ENOSPC. A good value
for CNT is 46.
For more details, see the POSIX:2008 specification
<https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/inet_ntop.html>. */
# if 0
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef inet_ntop
# define inet_ntop rpl_inet_ntop
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (inet_ntop, const char *,
(int af, const void *restrict src,
char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (inet_ntop, const char *,
(int af, const void *restrict src,
char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt));
# else
# if !1
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (inet_ntop, const char *,
(int af, const void *restrict src,
char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
# endif
/* Need to cast, because on NonStop Kernel, the fourth parameter is
size_t cnt. */
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (inet_ntop, const char *,
(int af, const void *restrict src,
char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt));
# endif
# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (inet_ntop);
# endif
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef inet_ntop
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_INET_NTOP
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (inet_ntop, "inet_ntop is unportable - "
"use gnulib module inet_ntop for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if IN_COREUTILS_GNULIB_TESTS
# if 0
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef inet_pton
# define inet_pton rpl_inet_pton
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (inet_pton, int,
(int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (inet_pton, int,
(int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst));
# else
# if !1
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (inet_pton, int,
(int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (inet_pton, int,
(int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst));
# endif
# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (inet_pton);
# endif
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef inet_pton
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_INET_PTON
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (inet_pton, "inet_pton is unportable - "
"use gnulib module inet_pton for portability");
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _GL_ARPA_INET_H */
#endif /* _GL_ARPA_INET_H */

150
lib/arpa_inet.in.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
/* A GNU-like <arpa/inet.h>.
Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
#if @HAVE_FEATURES_H@
# include <features.h> /* for __GLIBC__ */
#endif
/* Gnulib's sys/socket.h is responsible for defining socklen_t (used below) and
for pulling in winsock2.h etc. under MinGW.
But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */
#ifndef __GLIBC__
# include <sys/socket.h>
#endif
/* On NonStop Kernel, inet_ntop and inet_pton are declared in <netdb.h>.
But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */
#if defined __TANDEM && !defined __GLIBC__
# include <netdb.h>
#endif
#if @HAVE_ARPA_INET_H@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ARPA_INET_H@
#endif
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H
/* Get all possible declarations of inet_ntop() and inet_pton(). */
#if (@GNULIB_INET_NTOP@ || @GNULIB_INET_PTON@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
&& @HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H@
# include <ws2tcpip.h>
#endif
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
#if @GNULIB_INET_NTOP@
/* Converts an internet address from internal format to a printable,
presentable format.
AF is an internet address family, such as AF_INET or AF_INET6.
SRC points to a 'struct in_addr' (for AF_INET) or 'struct in6_addr'
(for AF_INET6).
DST points to a buffer having room for CNT bytes.
The printable representation of the address (in numeric form, not
surrounded by [...], no reverse DNS is done) is placed in DST, and
DST is returned. If an error occurs, the return value is NULL and
errno is set. If CNT bytes are not sufficient to hold the result,
the return value is NULL and errno is set to ENOSPC. A good value
for CNT is 46.
For more details, see the POSIX:2008 specification
<https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/inet_ntop.html>. */
# if @REPLACE_INET_NTOP@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef inet_ntop
# define inet_ntop rpl_inet_ntop
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (inet_ntop, const char *,
(int af, const void *restrict src,
char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (inet_ntop, const char *,
(int af, const void *restrict src,
char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt));
# else
# if !@HAVE_DECL_INET_NTOP@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (inet_ntop, const char *,
(int af, const void *restrict src,
char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
# endif
/* Need to cast, because on NonStop Kernel, the fourth parameter is
size_t cnt. */
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (inet_ntop, const char *,
(int af, const void *restrict src,
char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt));
# endif
# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (inet_ntop);
# endif
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef inet_ntop
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_INET_NTOP
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (inet_ntop, "inet_ntop is unportable - "
"use gnulib module inet_ntop for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_INET_PTON@
# if @REPLACE_INET_PTON@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef inet_pton
# define inet_pton rpl_inet_pton
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (inet_pton, int,
(int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (inet_pton, int,
(int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst));
# else
# if !@HAVE_DECL_INET_PTON@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (inet_pton, int,
(int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (inet_pton, int,
(int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst));
# endif
# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (inet_pton);
# endif
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef inet_pton
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_INET_PTON
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (inet_pton, "inet_pton is unportable - "
"use gnulib module inet_pton for portability");
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H */

34
lib/asnprintf.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "vasnprintf.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
char *
asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
char *result;
va_start (args, format);
result = vasnprintf (resultbuf, lengthp, format, args);
va_end (args);
return result;
}

39
lib/asprintf.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006-2007, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#ifdef IN_LIBASPRINTF
# include "vasprintf.h"
#else
# include <stdio.h>
#endif
#include <stdarg.h>
int
asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int result;
va_start (args, format);
result = vasprintf (resultp, format, args);
va_end (args);
return result;
}

37
lib/assure.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
/* Run-time assert-like macros.
Copyright (C) 2014-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#ifndef _GL_ASSURE_H
#define _GL_ASSURE_H
#include <assert.h>
/* Check E's value at runtime, and report an error and abort if not.
However, do nothing if NDEBUG is defined.
Unlike standard 'assert', this macro always compiles E even when NDEBUG
is defined, so as to catch typos and avoid some GCC warnings. */
#ifdef NDEBUG
# define assure(E) ((void) (0 && (E)))
#else
# define assure(E) assert (E)
#endif
#endif

146
lib/at-func.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
/* Define at-style functions like fstatat, unlinkat, fchownat, etc.
Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#include "dosname.h" /* solely for definition of IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME */
#ifdef GNULIB_SUPPORT_ONLY_AT_FDCWD
# include <errno.h>
# ifndef ENOTSUP
# define ENOTSUP EINVAL
# endif
#else
# include "openat.h"
# include "openat-priv.h"
# include "save-cwd.h"
#endif
#ifdef AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND
# define CALL_FUNC(F) \
(flag == AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND \
? AT_FUNC_F1 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS) \
: AT_FUNC_F2 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS))
# define VALIDATE_FLAG(F) \
if (flag & ~AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND) \
{ \
errno = EINVAL; \
return FUNC_FAIL; \
}
#else
# define CALL_FUNC(F) (AT_FUNC_F1 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS))
# define VALIDATE_FLAG(F) /* empty */
#endif
#ifdef AT_FUNC_RESULT
# define FUNC_RESULT AT_FUNC_RESULT
#else
# define FUNC_RESULT int
#endif
#ifdef AT_FUNC_FAIL
# define FUNC_FAIL AT_FUNC_FAIL
#else
# define FUNC_FAIL -1
#endif
/* Call AT_FUNC_F1 to operate on FILE, which is in the directory
open on descriptor FD. If AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND is defined to a value,
AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS must include a parameter named flag;
call AT_FUNC_F2 if FLAG is 0 or fail if FLAG contains more bits than
AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND. Return int and fail with -1 unless AT_FUNC_RESULT
or AT_FUNC_FAIL are defined. If possible, do it without changing the
working directory. Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
then AT_FUNC_F?/restore_cwd. If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd
fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero. */
FUNC_RESULT
AT_FUNC_NAME (int fd, char const *file AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS)
{
VALIDATE_FLAG (flag);
if (fd == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file))
return CALL_FUNC (file);
#ifdef GNULIB_SUPPORT_ONLY_AT_FDCWD
errno = ENOTSUP;
return FUNC_FAIL;
#else
{
/* Be careful to choose names unlikely to conflict with
AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS. */
struct saved_cwd saved_cwd;
int saved_errno;
FUNC_RESULT err;
{
char proc_buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE];
char *proc_file = openat_proc_name (proc_buf, fd, file);
if (proc_file)
{
FUNC_RESULT proc_result = CALL_FUNC (proc_file);
int proc_errno = errno;
if (proc_file != proc_buf)
free (proc_file);
/* If the syscall succeeds, or if it fails with an unexpected
errno value, then return right away. Otherwise, fall through
and resort to using save_cwd/restore_cwd. */
if (FUNC_FAIL != proc_result)
return proc_result;
if (! EXPECTED_ERRNO (proc_errno))
{
errno = proc_errno;
return proc_result;
}
}
}
if (save_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
openat_save_fail (errno);
if (0 <= fd && fd == saved_cwd.desc)
{
/* If saving the working directory collides with the user's
requested fd, then the user's fd must have been closed to
begin with. */
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
errno = EBADF;
return FUNC_FAIL;
}
if (fchdir (fd) != 0)
{
saved_errno = errno;
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
errno = saved_errno;
return FUNC_FAIL;
}
err = CALL_FUNC (file);
saved_errno = (err == FUNC_FAIL ? errno : 0);
if (restore_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
openat_restore_fail (errno);
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
if (saved_errno)
errno = saved_errno;
return err;
}
#endif
}
#undef CALL_FUNC
#undef FUNC_RESULT
#undef FUNC_FAIL

289
lib/at-func2.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
/* Define 2-FD at-style functions like linkat or renameat.
Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Jim Meyering and Eric Blake */
#include <config.h>
#include "openat-priv.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "dosname.h" /* solely for definition of IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME */
#include "filenamecat.h"
#include "openat.h"
#include "same-inode.h"
#include "save-cwd.h"
/* Call FUNC to operate on a pair of files, where FILE1 is relative to FD1,
and FILE2 is relative to FD2. If possible, do it without changing the
working directory. Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
FUNC, restore_cwd (up to two times). If either the save_cwd or the
restore_cwd fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero. */
int
at_func2 (int fd1, char const *file1,
int fd2, char const *file2,
int (*func) (char const *file1, char const *file2))
{
struct saved_cwd saved_cwd;
int saved_errno;
int err;
char *file1_alt;
char *file2_alt;
struct stat st1;
struct stat st2;
/* There are 16 possible scenarios, based on whether an fd is
AT_FDCWD or real, and whether a file is absolute or relative:
fd1 file1 fd2 file2 action
0 cwd abs cwd abs direct call
1 cwd abs cwd rel direct call
2 cwd abs fd abs direct call
3 cwd abs fd rel chdir to fd2
4 cwd rel cwd abs direct call
5 cwd rel cwd rel direct call
6 cwd rel fd abs direct call
7 cwd rel fd rel convert file1 to abs, then case 3
8 fd abs cwd abs direct call
9 fd abs cwd rel direct call
10 fd abs fd abs direct call
11 fd abs fd rel chdir to fd2
12 fd rel cwd abs chdir to fd1
13 fd rel cwd rel convert file2 to abs, then case 12
14 fd rel fd abs chdir to fd1
15a fd1 rel fd1 rel chdir to fd1
15b fd1 rel fd2 rel chdir to fd1, then case 7
Try some optimizations to reduce fd to AT_FDCWD, or to at least
avoid converting an absolute name or doing a double chdir. */
if ((fd1 == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file1))
&& (fd2 == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file2)))
return func (file1, file2); /* Case 0-2, 4-6, 8-10. */
/* If /proc/self/fd works, we don't need any stat or chdir. */
{
char proc_buf1[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE];
char *proc_file1 = ((fd1 == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file1))
? (char *) file1
: openat_proc_name (proc_buf1, fd1, file1));
if (proc_file1)
{
char proc_buf2[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE];
char *proc_file2 = ((fd2 == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file2))
? (char *) file2
: openat_proc_name (proc_buf2, fd2, file2));
if (proc_file2)
{
int proc_result = func (proc_file1, proc_file2);
int proc_errno = errno;
if (proc_file1 != proc_buf1 && proc_file1 != file1)
free (proc_file1);
if (proc_file2 != proc_buf2 && proc_file2 != file2)
free (proc_file2);
/* If the syscall succeeds, or if it fails with an unexpected
errno value, then return right away. Otherwise, fall through
and resort to using save_cwd/restore_cwd. */
if (0 <= proc_result)
return proc_result;
if (! EXPECTED_ERRNO (proc_errno))
{
errno = proc_errno;
return proc_result;
}
}
else if (proc_file1 != proc_buf1 && proc_file1 != file1)
free (proc_file1);
}
}
/* Cases 3, 7, 11-15 remain. Time to normalize directory fds, if
possible. */
if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file1))
fd1 = AT_FDCWD; /* Case 11 reduced to 3. */
else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file2))
fd2 = AT_FDCWD; /* Case 14 reduced to 12. */
/* Cases 3, 7, 12, 13, 15 remain. */
if (fd1 == AT_FDCWD) /* Cases 3, 7. */
{
if (stat (".", &st1) == -1 || fstat (fd2, &st2) == -1)
return -1;
if (!S_ISDIR (st2.st_mode))
{
errno = ENOTDIR;
return -1;
}
if (SAME_INODE (st1, st2)) /* Reduced to cases 1, 5. */
return func (file1, file2);
}
else if (fd2 == AT_FDCWD) /* Cases 12, 13. */
{
if (stat (".", &st2) == -1 || fstat (fd1, &st1) == -1)
return -1;
if (!S_ISDIR (st1.st_mode))
{
errno = ENOTDIR;
return -1;
}
if (SAME_INODE (st1, st2)) /* Reduced to cases 4, 5. */
return func (file1, file2);
}
else if (fd1 != fd2) /* Case 15b. */
{
if (fstat (fd1, &st1) == -1 || fstat (fd2, &st2) == -1)
return -1;
if (!S_ISDIR (st1.st_mode) || !S_ISDIR (st2.st_mode))
{
errno = ENOTDIR;
return -1;
}
if (SAME_INODE (st1, st2)) /* Reduced to case 15a. */
{
fd2 = fd1;
if (stat (".", &st1) == 0 && SAME_INODE (st1, st2))
return func (file1, file2); /* Further reduced to case 5. */
}
}
else /* Case 15a. */
{
if (fstat (fd1, &st1) == -1)
return -1;
if (!S_ISDIR (st1.st_mode))
{
errno = ENOTDIR;
return -1;
}
if (stat (".", &st2) == 0 && SAME_INODE (st1, st2))
return func (file1, file2); /* Reduced to case 5. */
}
/* Catch invalid arguments before changing directories. */
if (file1[0] == '\0' || file2[0] == '\0')
{
errno = ENOENT;
return -1;
}
/* Cases 3, 7, 12, 13, 15a, 15b remain. With all reductions in
place, it is time to start changing directories. */
if (save_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
openat_save_fail (errno);
if (fd1 != AT_FDCWD && fd2 != AT_FDCWD && fd1 != fd2) /* Case 15b. */
{
if (fchdir (fd1) != 0)
{
saved_errno = errno;
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
errno = saved_errno;
return -1;
}
fd1 = AT_FDCWD; /* Reduced to case 7. */
}
/* Cases 3, 7, 12, 13, 15a remain. Convert one relative name to
absolute, if necessary. */
file1_alt = (char *) file1;
file2_alt = (char *) file2;
if (fd1 == AT_FDCWD && !IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file1)) /* Case 7. */
{
/* It would be nicer to use:
file1_alt = file_name_concat (xgetcwd (), file1, NULL);
but libraries should not call xalloc_die. */
char *cwd = getcwd (NULL, 0);
if (!cwd)
{
saved_errno = errno;
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
errno = saved_errno;
return -1;
}
file1_alt = mfile_name_concat (cwd, file1, NULL);
if (!file1_alt)
{
saved_errno = errno;
free (cwd);
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
errno = saved_errno;
return -1;
}
free (cwd); /* Reduced to case 3. */
}
else if (fd2 == AT_FDCWD && !IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file2)) /* Case 13. */
{
char *cwd = getcwd (NULL, 0);
if (!cwd)
{
saved_errno = errno;
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
errno = saved_errno;
return -1;
}
file2_alt = mfile_name_concat (cwd, file2, NULL);
if (!file2_alt)
{
saved_errno = errno;
free (cwd);
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
errno = saved_errno;
return -1;
}
free (cwd); /* Reduced to case 12. */
}
/* Cases 3, 12, 15a remain. Change to the correct directory. */
if (fchdir (fd1 == AT_FDCWD ? fd2 : fd1) != 0)
{
saved_errno = errno;
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
if (file1 != file1_alt)
free (file1_alt);
else if (file2 != file2_alt)
free (file2_alt);
errno = saved_errno;
return -1;
}
/* Finally safe to perform the user's function, then clean up. */
err = func (file1_alt, file2_alt);
saved_errno = (err < 0 ? errno : 0);
if (file1 != file1_alt)
free (file1_alt);
else if (file2 != file2_alt)
free (file2_alt);
if (restore_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
openat_restore_fail (errno);
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
if (saved_errno)
errno = saved_errno;
return err;
}
#undef CALL_FUNC
#undef FUNC_RESULT

93
lib/backup-find.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
Copyright 2017-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "backup-internal.h"
#include "argmatch.h"
#include "xalloc.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Relative to DIR_FD, return the name of a backup file for the
existing file FILE, allocated with malloc. Report an error and
exit if out of memory. Do not call this function if
backup_type == no_backups. */
char *
find_backup_file_name (int dir_fd, char const *file,
enum backup_type backup_type)
{
char *result = backupfile_internal (dir_fd, file, backup_type, false);
if (!result)
xalloc_die ();
return result;
}
static char const *const backup_args[] =
{
/* In a series of synonyms, present the most meaningful first, so
that argmatch_valid be more readable. */
"none", "off",
"simple", "never",
"existing", "nil",
"numbered", "t",
NULL
};
static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
{
no_backups, no_backups,
simple_backups, simple_backups,
numbered_existing_backups, numbered_existing_backups,
numbered_backups, numbered_backups
};
/* Ensure that these two vectors have the same number of elements,
not counting the final NULL in the first one. */
ARGMATCH_VERIFY (backup_args, backup_types);
/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
If VERSION is NULL or the empty string, return numbered_existing_backups.
If VERSION is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic appropriate
for the specified CONTEXT. Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted. */
enum backup_type
get_version (char const *context, char const *version)
{
if (version == 0 || *version == 0)
return numbered_existing_backups;
else
return XARGMATCH (context, version, backup_args, backup_types);
}
/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
If VERSION is NULL, use the value of the envvar VERSION_CONTROL.
If the specified string is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic
appropriate for the specified CONTEXT.
Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted. */
enum backup_type
xget_version (char const *context, char const *version)
{
if (version && *version)
return get_version (context, version);
else
return get_version ("$VERSION_CONTROL", getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL"));
}

3
lib/backup-internal.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
#include "backupfile.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
extern char *backupfile_internal (int, char const *, enum backup_type, bool);

31
lib/backup-rename.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
/* Rename a file to a backup name, Emacs style.
Copyright 2017-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "backup-internal.h"
/* Relative to DIR_FD, rename the existing file FILE to a backup name,
allocated with malloc, and return the backup name. On failure
return a null pointer, setting errno. Do not call this function if
backup_type == no_backups. */
char *
backup_file_rename (int dir_fd, char const *file, enum backup_type backup_type)
{
return backupfile_internal (dir_fd, file, backup_type, true);
}

397
lib/backupfile.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
/* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
Copyright (C) 1990-2006, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert and David MacKenzie.
Some algorithms adapted from GNU Emacs. */
#include <config.h>
#include "backup-internal.h"
#include "dirname.h"
#include "opendirat.h"
#include "renameatu.h"
#include "xalloc-oversized.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#ifndef FALLTHROUGH
# if __GNUC__ < 7
# define FALLTHROUGH ((void) 0)
# else
# define FALLTHROUGH __attribute__ ((__fallthrough__))
# endif
#endif
#ifndef _D_EXACT_NAMLEN
# define _D_EXACT_NAMLEN(dp) strlen ((dp)->d_name)
#endif
#if ! (HAVE_PATHCONF && defined _PC_NAME_MAX)
# define pathconf(file, option) (errno = -1)
#endif
#ifndef _POSIX_NAME_MAX
# define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
#endif
#if defined _XOPEN_NAME_MAX
# define NAME_MAX_MINIMUM _XOPEN_NAME_MAX
#else
# define NAME_MAX_MINIMUM _POSIX_NAME_MAX
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES
# define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
# define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
#endif
/* ISDIGIT differs from isdigit, as follows:
- Its arg may be any int or unsigned int; it need not be an unsigned char
or EOF.
- It's typically faster.
POSIX says that only '0' through '9' are digits. Prefer ISDIGIT to
ISDIGIT unless it's important to use the locale's definition
of "digit" even when the host does not conform to POSIX. */
#define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned int) (c) - '0' <= 9)
/* The extension added to file names to produce a simple (as opposed
to numbered) backup file name. */
char const *simple_backup_suffix = NULL;
/* Set SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX to S, or to a default specified by the
environment if S is null. If S or the environment does not specify
a valid backup suffix, use "~". */
void
set_simple_backup_suffix (char const *s)
{
if (!s)
s = getenv ("SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX");
simple_backup_suffix = s && *s && s == last_component (s) ? s : "~";
}
/* If FILE (which was of length FILELEN before an extension was
appended to it) is too long, replace the extension with the single
char E. If the result is still too long, remove the char just
before E.
If DIR_FD is nonnegative, it is a file descriptor for FILE's parent.
*NAME_MAX is either 0, or the cached result of a previous call for
FILE's parent's _PC_NAME_MAX. */
static void
check_extension (char *file, size_t filelen, char e,
int dir_fd, size_t *base_max)
{
char *base = last_component (file);
size_t baselen = base_len (base);
size_t baselen_max = HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES ? 255 : NAME_MAX_MINIMUM;
if (HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES || NAME_MAX_MINIMUM < baselen)
{
/* The new base name is long enough to require a pathconf check. */
if (*base_max == 0)
{
long name_max;
if (dir_fd < 0)
{
/* Temporarily modify the buffer into its parent
directory name, invoke pathconf on the directory, and
then restore the buffer. */
char tmp[sizeof "."];
memcpy (tmp, base, sizeof ".");
strcpy (base, ".");
errno = 0;
name_max = pathconf (file, _PC_NAME_MAX);
name_max -= !errno;
memcpy (base, tmp, sizeof ".");
}
else
{
errno = 0;
name_max = fpathconf (dir_fd, _PC_NAME_MAX);
name_max -= !errno;
}
*base_max = (0 <= name_max && name_max <= SIZE_MAX ? name_max
: name_max < -1 ? NAME_MAX_MINIMUM : SIZE_MAX);
}
baselen_max = *base_max;
}
if (HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES && baselen_max <= 12)
{
/* Live within DOS's 8.3 limit. */
char *dot = strchr (base, '.');
if (!dot)
baselen_max = 8;
else
{
char const *second_dot = strchr (dot + 1, '.');
baselen_max = (second_dot
? second_dot - base
: dot + 1 - base + 3);
}
}
if (baselen_max < baselen)
{
baselen = file + filelen - base;
if (baselen_max <= baselen)
baselen = baselen_max - 1;
base[baselen] = e;
base[baselen + 1] = '\0';
}
}
/* Returned values for NUMBERED_BACKUP. */
enum numbered_backup_result
{
/* The new backup name is the same length as an existing backup
name, so it's valid for that directory. */
BACKUP_IS_SAME_LENGTH,
/* Some backup names already exist, but the returned name is longer
than any of them, and its length should be checked. */
BACKUP_IS_LONGER,
/* There are no existing backup names. The new name's length
should be checked. */
BACKUP_IS_NEW,
/* Memory allocation failure. */
BACKUP_NOMEM
};
/* Relative to DIR_FD, *BUFFER contains a file name.
Store into *BUFFER the next backup name for the named file,
with a version number greater than all the
existing numbered backups. Reallocate *BUFFER as necessary; its
initial allocated size is BUFFER_SIZE, which must be at least 4
bytes longer than the file name to make room for the initially
appended ".~1". FILELEN is the length of the original file name.
BASE_OFFSET is the offset of the basename in *BUFFER.
The returned value indicates what kind of backup was found. If an
I/O or other read error occurs, use the highest backup number that
was found.
*DIRPP is the destination directory. If *DIRPP is null, open the
destination directory and store the resulting stream into *DIRPP
and its file descriptor into *PNEW_FD without closing the stream. */
static enum numbered_backup_result
numbered_backup (int dir_fd, char **buffer, size_t buffer_size, size_t filelen,
ptrdiff_t base_offset, DIR **dirpp, int *pnew_fd)
{
enum numbered_backup_result result = BACKUP_IS_NEW;
DIR *dirp = *dirpp;
struct dirent *dp;
char *buf = *buffer;
size_t versionlenmax = 1;
char *base = buf + base_offset;
size_t baselen = base_len (base);
if (dirp)
rewinddir (dirp);
else
{
/* Temporarily modify the buffer into its parent directory name,
open the directory, and then restore the buffer. */
char tmp[sizeof "."];
memcpy (tmp, base, sizeof ".");
strcpy (base, ".");
dirp = opendirat (dir_fd, buf, 0, pnew_fd);
if (!dirp && errno == ENOMEM)
result = BACKUP_NOMEM;
memcpy (base, tmp, sizeof ".");
strcpy (base + baselen, ".~1~");
if (!dirp)
return result;
*dirpp = dirp;
}
while ((dp = readdir (dirp)) != NULL)
{
char const *p;
char *q;
bool all_9s;
size_t versionlen;
if (_D_EXACT_NAMLEN (dp) < baselen + 4)
continue;
if (memcmp (buf + base_offset, dp->d_name, baselen + 2) != 0)
continue;
p = dp->d_name + baselen + 2;
/* Check whether this file has a version number and if so,
whether it is larger. Use string operations rather than
integer arithmetic, to avoid problems with integer overflow. */
if (! ('1' <= *p && *p <= '9'))
continue;
all_9s = (*p == '9');
for (versionlen = 1; ISDIGIT (p[versionlen]); versionlen++)
all_9s &= (p[versionlen] == '9');
if (! (p[versionlen] == '~' && !p[versionlen + 1]
&& (versionlenmax < versionlen
|| (versionlenmax == versionlen
&& memcmp (buf + filelen + 2, p, versionlen) <= 0))))
continue;
/* This entry has the largest version number seen so far.
Append this highest numbered extension to the file name,
prepending '0' to the number if it is all 9s. */
versionlenmax = all_9s + versionlen;
result = (all_9s ? BACKUP_IS_LONGER : BACKUP_IS_SAME_LENGTH);
size_t new_buffer_size = filelen + 2 + versionlenmax + 2;
if (buffer_size < new_buffer_size)
{
if (! xalloc_oversized (new_buffer_size, 2))
new_buffer_size *= 2;
char *new_buf = realloc (buf, new_buffer_size);
if (!new_buf)
{
*buffer = buf;
return BACKUP_NOMEM;
}
buf = new_buf;
buffer_size = new_buffer_size;
}
q = buf + filelen;
*q++ = '.';
*q++ = '~';
*q = '0';
q += all_9s;
memcpy (q, p, versionlen + 2);
/* Add 1 to the version number. */
q += versionlen;
while (*--q == '9')
*q = '0';
++*q;
}
*buffer = buf;
return result;
}
/* Relative to DIR_FD, return the name of the new backup file for the
existing file FILE, allocated with malloc.
If RENAME, also rename FILE to the new name.
On failure, return NULL and set errno.
Do not call this function if backup_type == no_backups. */
char *
backupfile_internal (int dir_fd, char const *file,
enum backup_type backup_type, bool rename)
{
ptrdiff_t base_offset = last_component (file) - file;
size_t filelen = base_offset + strlen (file + base_offset);
if (! simple_backup_suffix)
set_simple_backup_suffix (NULL);
/* Allow room for simple or ".~N~" backups. The guess must be at
least sizeof ".~1~", but otherwise will be adjusted as needed. */
size_t simple_backup_suffix_size = strlen (simple_backup_suffix) + 1;
size_t backup_suffix_size_guess = simple_backup_suffix_size;
enum { GUESS = sizeof ".~12345~" };
if (backup_suffix_size_guess < GUESS)
backup_suffix_size_guess = GUESS;
ssize_t ssize = filelen + backup_suffix_size_guess + 1;
char *s = malloc (ssize);
if (!s)
return s;
DIR *dirp = NULL;
int sdir = -1;
size_t base_max = 0;
while (true)
{
memcpy (s, file, filelen + 1);
if (backup_type == simple_backups)
memcpy (s + filelen, simple_backup_suffix, simple_backup_suffix_size);
else
switch (numbered_backup (dir_fd, &s, ssize, filelen, base_offset,
&dirp, &sdir))
{
case BACKUP_IS_SAME_LENGTH:
break;
case BACKUP_IS_NEW:
if (backup_type == numbered_existing_backups)
{
backup_type = simple_backups;
memcpy (s + filelen, simple_backup_suffix,
simple_backup_suffix_size);
}
FALLTHROUGH;
case BACKUP_IS_LONGER:
check_extension (s, filelen, '~', sdir, &base_max);
break;
case BACKUP_NOMEM:
if (dirp)
closedir (dirp);
free (s);
errno = ENOMEM;
return NULL;
}
if (! rename)
break;
if (sdir < 0)
{
sdir = AT_FDCWD;
base_offset = 0;
}
unsigned flags = backup_type == simple_backups ? 0 : RENAME_NOREPLACE;
if (renameatu (AT_FDCWD, file, sdir, s + base_offset, flags) == 0)
break;
int e = errno;
if (e != EEXIST)
{
if (dirp)
closedir (dirp);
free (s);
errno = e;
return NULL;
}
}
if (dirp)
closedir (dirp);
return s;
}

62
lib/backupfile.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
/* backupfile.h -- declarations for making Emacs style backup file names
Copyright (C) 1990-1992, 1997-1999, 2003-2004, 2009-2020 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef BACKUPFILE_H_
#define BACKUPFILE_H_
#include <fcntl.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* When to make backup files. */
enum backup_type
{
/* Never make backups. */
no_backups,
/* Make simple backups of every file. */
simple_backups,
/* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
and simple backups of the others. */
numbered_existing_backups,
/* Make numbered backups of every file. */
numbered_backups
};
#define VALID_BACKUP_TYPE(Type) \
((unsigned int) (Type) <= numbered_backups)
extern char const *simple_backup_suffix;
void set_simple_backup_suffix (char const *);
char *backup_file_rename (int, char const *, enum backup_type);
char *find_backup_file_name (int, char const *, enum backup_type);
enum backup_type get_version (char const *context, char const *arg);
enum backup_type xget_version (char const *context, char const *arg);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* ! BACKUPFILE_H_ */

587
lib/base32.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,587 @@
/* base32.c -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Adapted from Simon Josefsson's base64 code by Gijs van Tulder.
*
* See also RFC 4648 <https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4648.txt>.
*
* Be careful with error checking. Here is how you would typically
* use these functions:
*
* bool ok = base32_decode_alloc (in, inlen, &out, &outlen);
* if (!ok)
* FAIL: input was not valid base32
* if (out == NULL)
* FAIL: memory allocation error
* OK: data in OUT/OUTLEN
*
* size_t outlen = base32_encode_alloc (in, inlen, &out);
* if (out == NULL && outlen == 0 && inlen != 0)
* FAIL: input too long
* if (out == NULL)
* FAIL: memory allocation error
* OK: data in OUT/OUTLEN.
*
*/
#include <config.h>
/* Get prototype. */
#include "base32.h"
/* Get malloc. */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Get UCHAR_MAX. */
#include <limits.h>
#include <string.h>
/* C89 compliant way to cast 'char' to 'unsigned char'. */
static unsigned char
to_uchar (char ch)
{
return ch;
}
/* Base32 encode IN array of size INLEN into OUT array of size OUTLEN.
If OUTLEN is less than BASE32_LENGTH(INLEN), write as many bytes as
possible. If OUTLEN is larger than BASE32_LENGTH(INLEN), also zero
terminate the output buffer. */
void
base32_encode (const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
char *restrict out, size_t outlen)
{
static const char b32str[32] =
"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ234567";
while (inlen && outlen)
{
*out++ = b32str[(to_uchar (in[0]) >> 3) & 0x1f];
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ = b32str[((to_uchar (in[0]) << 2)
+ (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[1]) >> 6 : 0))
& 0x1f];
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ =
(inlen
? b32str[(to_uchar (in[1]) >> 1) & 0x1f]
: '=');
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ =
(inlen
? b32str[((to_uchar (in[1]) << 4)
+ (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[2]) >> 4 : 0))
& 0x1f]
: '=');
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ =
(inlen
? b32str[((to_uchar (in[2]) << 1)
+ (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[3]) >> 7 : 0))
& 0x1f]
: '=');
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ =
(inlen
? b32str[(to_uchar (in[3]) >> 2) & 0x1f]
: '=');
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ =
(inlen
? b32str[((to_uchar (in[3]) << 3)
+ (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[4]) >> 5 : 0))
& 0x1f]
: '=');
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ = inlen ? b32str[to_uchar (in[4]) & 0x1f] : '=';
if (!--outlen)
break;
if (inlen)
inlen--;
if (inlen)
in += 5;
}
if (outlen)
*out = '\0';
}
/* Allocate a buffer and store zero terminated base32 encoded data
from array IN of size INLEN, returning BASE32_LENGTH(INLEN), i.e.,
the length of the encoded data, excluding the terminating zero. On
return, the OUT variable will hold a pointer to newly allocated
memory that must be deallocated by the caller. If output string
length would overflow, 0 is returned and OUT is set to NULL. If
memory allocation failed, OUT is set to NULL, and the return value
indicates length of the requested memory block, i.e.,
BASE32_LENGTH(inlen) + 1. */
size_t
base32_encode_alloc (const char *in, size_t inlen, char **out)
{
size_t outlen = 1 + BASE32_LENGTH (inlen);
/* Check for overflow in outlen computation.
*
* If there is no overflow, outlen >= inlen.
*
* TODO Is this a sufficient check? (See the notes in base64.c.)
*/
if (inlen > outlen)
{
*out = NULL;
return 0;
}
*out = malloc (outlen);
if (!*out)
return outlen;
base32_encode (in, inlen, *out, outlen);
return outlen - 1;
}
/* With this approach this file works independent of the charset used
(think EBCDIC). However, it does assume that the characters in the
Base32 alphabet (A-Z2-7) are encoded in 0..255. POSIX
1003.1-2001 require that char and unsigned char are 8-bit
quantities, though, taking care of that problem. But this may be a
potential problem on non-POSIX C99 platforms.
IBM C V6 for AIX mishandles "#define B32(x) ...'x'...", so use "_"
as the formal parameter rather than "x". */
#define B32(_) \
((_) == 'A' ? 0 \
: (_) == 'B' ? 1 \
: (_) == 'C' ? 2 \
: (_) == 'D' ? 3 \
: (_) == 'E' ? 4 \
: (_) == 'F' ? 5 \
: (_) == 'G' ? 6 \
: (_) == 'H' ? 7 \
: (_) == 'I' ? 8 \
: (_) == 'J' ? 9 \
: (_) == 'K' ? 10 \
: (_) == 'L' ? 11 \
: (_) == 'M' ? 12 \
: (_) == 'N' ? 13 \
: (_) == 'O' ? 14 \
: (_) == 'P' ? 15 \
: (_) == 'Q' ? 16 \
: (_) == 'R' ? 17 \
: (_) == 'S' ? 18 \
: (_) == 'T' ? 19 \
: (_) == 'U' ? 20 \
: (_) == 'V' ? 21 \
: (_) == 'W' ? 22 \
: (_) == 'X' ? 23 \
: (_) == 'Y' ? 24 \
: (_) == 'Z' ? 25 \
: (_) == '2' ? 26 \
: (_) == '3' ? 27 \
: (_) == '4' ? 28 \
: (_) == '5' ? 29 \
: (_) == '6' ? 30 \
: (_) == '7' ? 31 \
: -1)
static const signed char b32[0x100] = {
B32 (0), B32 (1), B32 (2), B32 (3),
B32 (4), B32 (5), B32 (6), B32 (7),
B32 (8), B32 (9), B32 (10), B32 (11),
B32 (12), B32 (13), B32 (14), B32 (15),
B32 (16), B32 (17), B32 (18), B32 (19),
B32 (20), B32 (21), B32 (22), B32 (23),
B32 (24), B32 (25), B32 (26), B32 (27),
B32 (28), B32 (29), B32 (30), B32 (31),
B32 (32), B32 (33), B32 (34), B32 (35),
B32 (36), B32 (37), B32 (38), B32 (39),
B32 (40), B32 (41), B32 (42), B32 (43),
B32 (44), B32 (45), B32 (46), B32 (47),
B32 (48), B32 (49), B32 (50), B32 (51),
B32 (52), B32 (53), B32 (54), B32 (55),
B32 (56), B32 (57), B32 (58), B32 (59),
B32 (60), B32 (61), B32 (62), B32 (63),
B32 (32), B32 (65), B32 (66), B32 (67),
B32 (68), B32 (69), B32 (70), B32 (71),
B32 (72), B32 (73), B32 (74), B32 (75),
B32 (76), B32 (77), B32 (78), B32 (79),
B32 (80), B32 (81), B32 (82), B32 (83),
B32 (84), B32 (85), B32 (86), B32 (87),
B32 (88), B32 (89), B32 (90), B32 (91),
B32 (92), B32 (93), B32 (94), B32 (95),
B32 (96), B32 (97), B32 (98), B32 (99),
B32 (100), B32 (101), B32 (102), B32 (103),
B32 (104), B32 (105), B32 (106), B32 (107),
B32 (108), B32 (109), B32 (110), B32 (111),
B32 (112), B32 (113), B32 (114), B32 (115),
B32 (116), B32 (117), B32 (118), B32 (119),
B32 (120), B32 (121), B32 (122), B32 (123),
B32 (124), B32 (125), B32 (126), B32 (127),
B32 (128), B32 (129), B32 (130), B32 (131),
B32 (132), B32 (133), B32 (134), B32 (135),
B32 (136), B32 (137), B32 (138), B32 (139),
B32 (140), B32 (141), B32 (142), B32 (143),
B32 (144), B32 (145), B32 (146), B32 (147),
B32 (148), B32 (149), B32 (150), B32 (151),
B32 (152), B32 (153), B32 (154), B32 (155),
B32 (156), B32 (157), B32 (158), B32 (159),
B32 (160), B32 (161), B32 (162), B32 (163),
B32 (132), B32 (165), B32 (166), B32 (167),
B32 (168), B32 (169), B32 (170), B32 (171),
B32 (172), B32 (173), B32 (174), B32 (175),
B32 (176), B32 (177), B32 (178), B32 (179),
B32 (180), B32 (181), B32 (182), B32 (183),
B32 (184), B32 (185), B32 (186), B32 (187),
B32 (188), B32 (189), B32 (190), B32 (191),
B32 (192), B32 (193), B32 (194), B32 (195),
B32 (196), B32 (197), B32 (198), B32 (199),
B32 (200), B32 (201), B32 (202), B32 (203),
B32 (204), B32 (205), B32 (206), B32 (207),
B32 (208), B32 (209), B32 (210), B32 (211),
B32 (212), B32 (213), B32 (214), B32 (215),
B32 (216), B32 (217), B32 (218), B32 (219),
B32 (220), B32 (221), B32 (222), B32 (223),
B32 (224), B32 (225), B32 (226), B32 (227),
B32 (228), B32 (229), B32 (230), B32 (231),
B32 (232), B32 (233), B32 (234), B32 (235),
B32 (236), B32 (237), B32 (238), B32 (239),
B32 (240), B32 (241), B32 (242), B32 (243),
B32 (244), B32 (245), B32 (246), B32 (247),
B32 (248), B32 (249), B32 (250), B32 (251),
B32 (252), B32 (253), B32 (254), B32 (255)
};
#if UCHAR_MAX == 255
# define uchar_in_range(c) true
#else
# define uchar_in_range(c) ((c) <= 255)
#endif
/* Return true if CH is a character from the Base32 alphabet, and
false otherwise. Note that '=' is padding and not considered to be
part of the alphabet. */
bool
isbase32 (char ch)
{
return uchar_in_range (to_uchar (ch)) && 0 <= b32[to_uchar (ch)];
}
/* Initialize decode-context buffer, CTX. */
void
base32_decode_ctx_init (struct base32_decode_context *ctx)
{
ctx->i = 0;
}
/* If CTX->i is 0 or 8, there are eight or more bytes in [*IN..IN_END), and
none of those eight is a newline, then return *IN. Otherwise, copy up to
4 - CTX->i non-newline bytes from that range into CTX->buf, starting at
index CTX->i and setting CTX->i to reflect the number of bytes copied,
and return CTX->buf. In either case, advance *IN to point to the byte
after the last one processed, and set *N_NON_NEWLINE to the number of
verified non-newline bytes accessible through the returned pointer. */
static char *
get_8 (struct base32_decode_context *ctx,
char const *restrict *in, char const *restrict in_end,
size_t *n_non_newline)
{
if (ctx->i == 8)
ctx->i = 0;
if (ctx->i == 0)
{
char const *t = *in;
if (8 <= in_end - *in && memchr (t, '\n', 8) == NULL)
{
/* This is the common case: no newline. */
*in += 8;
*n_non_newline = 8;
return (char *) t;
}
}
{
/* Copy non-newline bytes into BUF. */
char const *p = *in;
while (p < in_end)
{
char c = *p++;
if (c != '\n')
{
ctx->buf[ctx->i++] = c;
if (ctx->i == 8)
break;
}
}
*in = p;
*n_non_newline = ctx->i;
return ctx->buf;
}
}
#define return_false \
do \
{ \
*outp = out; \
return false; \
} \
while (false)
/* Decode eight bytes of base32-encoded data, IN, of length INLEN
into the output buffer, *OUT, of size *OUTLEN bytes. Return true if
decoding is successful, false otherwise. If *OUTLEN is too small,
as many bytes as possible are written to *OUT. On return, advance
*OUT to point to the byte after the last one written, and decrement
*OUTLEN to reflect the number of bytes remaining in *OUT. */
static bool
decode_8 (char const *restrict in, size_t inlen,
char *restrict *outp, size_t *outleft)
{
char *out = *outp;
if (inlen < 8)
return false;
if (!isbase32 (in[0]) || !isbase32 (in[1]) )
return false;
if (*outleft)
{
*out++ = ((b32[to_uchar (in[0])] << 3)
| (b32[to_uchar (in[1])] >> 2));
--*outleft;
}
if (in[2] == '=')
{
if (in[3] != '=' || in[4] != '=' || in[5] != '='
|| in[6] != '=' || in[7] != '=')
return_false;
}
else
{
if (!isbase32 (in[2]) || !isbase32 (in[3]))
return_false;
if (*outleft)
{
*out++ = ((b32[to_uchar (in[1])] << 6)
| (b32[to_uchar (in[2])] << 1)
| (b32[to_uchar (in[3])] >> 4));
--*outleft;
}
if (in[4] == '=')
{
if (in[5] != '=' || in[6] != '=' || in[7] != '=')
return_false;
}
else
{
if (!isbase32 (in[4]))
return_false;
if (*outleft)
{
*out++ = ((b32[to_uchar (in[3])] << 4)
| (b32[to_uchar (in[4])] >> 1));
--*outleft;
}
if (in[5] == '=')
{
if (in[6] != '=' || in[7] != '=')
return_false;
}
else
{
if (!isbase32 (in[5]) || !isbase32 (in[6]))
return_false;
if (*outleft)
{
*out++ = ((b32[to_uchar (in[4])] << 7)
| (b32[to_uchar (in[5])] << 2)
| (b32[to_uchar (in[6])] >> 3));
--*outleft;
}
if (in[7] != '=')
{
if (!isbase32 (in[7]))
return_false;
if (*outleft)
{
*out++ = ((b32[to_uchar (in[6])] << 5)
| (b32[to_uchar (in[7])]));
--*outleft;
}
}
}
}
}
*outp = out;
return true;
}
/* Decode base32-encoded input array IN of length INLEN to output array
OUT that can hold *OUTLEN bytes. The input data may be interspersed
with newlines. Return true if decoding was successful, i.e. if the
input was valid base32 data, false otherwise. If *OUTLEN is too
small, as many bytes as possible will be written to OUT. On return,
*OUTLEN holds the length of decoded bytes in OUT. Note that as soon
as any non-alphabet, non-newline character is encountered, decoding
is stopped and false is returned. If INLEN is zero, then process
only whatever data is stored in CTX.
Initially, CTX must have been initialized via base32_decode_ctx_init.
Subsequent calls to this function must reuse whatever state is recorded
in that buffer. It is necessary for when a octuple of base32 input
bytes spans two input buffers.
If CTX is NULL then newlines are treated as garbage and the input
buffer is processed as a unit. */
bool
base32_decode_ctx (struct base32_decode_context *ctx,
const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
char *restrict out, size_t *outlen)
{
size_t outleft = *outlen;
bool ignore_newlines = ctx != NULL;
bool flush_ctx = false;
unsigned int ctx_i = 0;
if (ignore_newlines)
{
ctx_i = ctx->i;
flush_ctx = inlen == 0;
}
while (true)
{
size_t outleft_save = outleft;
if (ctx_i == 0 && !flush_ctx)
{
while (true)
{
/* Save a copy of outleft, in case we need to re-parse this
block of four bytes. */
outleft_save = outleft;
if (!decode_8 (in, inlen, &out, &outleft))
break;
in += 8;
inlen -= 8;
}
}
if (inlen == 0 && !flush_ctx)
break;
/* Handle the common case of 72-byte wrapped lines.
This also handles any other multiple-of-8-byte wrapping. */
if (inlen && *in == '\n' && ignore_newlines)
{
++in;
--inlen;
continue;
}
/* Restore OUT and OUTLEFT. */
out -= outleft_save - outleft;
outleft = outleft_save;
{
char const *in_end = in + inlen;
char const *non_nl;
if (ignore_newlines)
non_nl = get_8 (ctx, &in, in_end, &inlen);
else
non_nl = in; /* Might have nl in this case. */
/* If the input is empty or consists solely of newlines (0 non-newlines),
then we're done. Likewise if there are fewer than 8 bytes when not
flushing context and not treating newlines as garbage. */
if (inlen == 0 || (inlen < 8 && !flush_ctx && ignore_newlines))
{
inlen = 0;
break;
}
if (!decode_8 (non_nl, inlen, &out, &outleft))
break;
inlen = in_end - in;
}
}
*outlen -= outleft;
return inlen == 0;
}
/* Allocate an output buffer in *OUT, and decode the base32 encoded
data stored in IN of size INLEN to the *OUT buffer. On return, the
size of the decoded data is stored in *OUTLEN. OUTLEN may be NULL,
if the caller is not interested in the decoded length. *OUT may be
NULL to indicate an out of memory error, in which case *OUTLEN
contains the size of the memory block needed. The function returns
true on successful decoding and memory allocation errors. (Use the
*OUT and *OUTLEN parameters to differentiate between successful
decoding and memory error.) The function returns false if the
input was invalid, in which case *OUT is NULL and *OUTLEN is
undefined. */
bool
base32_decode_alloc_ctx (struct base32_decode_context *ctx,
const char *in, size_t inlen, char **out,
size_t *outlen)
{
/* This may allocate a few bytes too many, depending on input,
but it's not worth the extra CPU time to compute the exact size.
The exact size is 5 * inlen / 8, minus one or more bytes if the
input is padded with one or more "=".
Dividing before multiplying avoids the possibility of overflow. */
size_t needlen = 5 * (inlen / 8) + 5;
*out = malloc (needlen);
if (!*out)
return true;
if (!base32_decode_ctx (ctx, in, inlen, *out, &needlen))
{
free (*out);
*out = NULL;
return false;
}
if (outlen)
*outlen = needlen;
return true;
}

60
lib/base32.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/* base32.h -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
Copyright (C) 2004-2006, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Adapted from Simon Josefsson's base64 code by Gijs van Tulder.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef BASE32_H
# define BASE32_H
/* Get size_t. */
# include <stddef.h>
/* Get bool. */
# include <stdbool.h>
/* This uses that the expression (n+(k-1))/k means the smallest
integer >= n/k, i.e., the ceiling of n/k. */
# define BASE32_LENGTH(inlen) ((((inlen) + 4) / 5) * 8)
struct base32_decode_context
{
unsigned int i;
char buf[8];
};
extern bool isbase32 (char ch) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
extern void base32_encode (const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
char *restrict out, size_t outlen);
extern size_t base32_encode_alloc (const char *in, size_t inlen, char **out);
extern void base32_decode_ctx_init (struct base32_decode_context *ctx);
extern bool base32_decode_ctx (struct base32_decode_context *ctx,
const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
char *restrict out, size_t *outlen);
extern bool base32_decode_alloc_ctx (struct base32_decode_context *ctx,
const char *in, size_t inlen,
char **out, size_t *outlen);
#define base32_decode(in, inlen, out, outlen) \
base32_decode_ctx (NULL, in, inlen, out, outlen)
#define base32_decode_alloc(in, inlen, out, outlen) \
base32_decode_alloc_ctx (NULL, in, inlen, out, outlen)
#endif /* BASE32_H */

605
lib/base64.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,605 @@
/* base64.c -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Simon Josefsson. Partially adapted from GNU MailUtils
* (mailbox/filter_trans.c, as of 2004-11-28). Improved by review
* from Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Stepan Kasal.
*
* See also RFC 4648 <https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4648.txt>.
*
* Be careful with error checking. Here is how you would typically
* use these functions:
*
* bool ok = base64_decode_alloc (in, inlen, &out, &outlen);
* if (!ok)
* FAIL: input was not valid base64
* if (out == NULL)
* FAIL: memory allocation error
* OK: data in OUT/OUTLEN
*
* size_t outlen = base64_encode_alloc (in, inlen, &out);
* if (out == NULL && outlen == 0 && inlen != 0)
* FAIL: input too long
* if (out == NULL)
* FAIL: memory allocation error
* OK: data in OUT/OUTLEN.
*
*/
#include <config.h>
/* Get prototype. */
#include "base64.h"
/* Get malloc. */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Get UCHAR_MAX. */
#include <limits.h>
#include <string.h>
/* C89 compliant way to cast 'char' to 'unsigned char'. */
static unsigned char
to_uchar (char ch)
{
return ch;
}
static const char b64c[64] =
"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
/* Base64 encode IN array of size INLEN into OUT array. OUT needs
to be of length >= BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), and INLEN needs to be
a multiple of 3. */
static void
base64_encode_fast (const char *restrict in, size_t inlen, char *restrict out)
{
while (inlen)
{
*out++ = b64c[(to_uchar (in[0]) >> 2) & 0x3f];
*out++ = b64c[((to_uchar (in[0]) << 4) + (to_uchar (in[1]) >> 4)) & 0x3f];
*out++ = b64c[((to_uchar (in[1]) << 2) + (to_uchar (in[2]) >> 6)) & 0x3f];
*out++ = b64c[to_uchar (in[2]) & 0x3f];
inlen -= 3;
in += 3;
}
}
/* Base64 encode IN array of size INLEN into OUT array of size OUTLEN.
If OUTLEN is less than BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), write as many bytes as
possible. If OUTLEN is larger than BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), also zero
terminate the output buffer. */
void
base64_encode (const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
char *restrict out, size_t outlen)
{
/* Note this outlen constraint can be enforced at compile time.
I.E. that the output buffer is exactly large enough to hold
the encoded inlen bytes. The inlen constraints (of corresponding
to outlen, and being a multiple of 3) can change at runtime
at the end of input. However the common case when reading
large inputs is to have both constraints satisfied, so we depend
on both in base_encode_fast(). */
if (outlen % 4 == 0 && inlen == outlen / 4 * 3)
{
base64_encode_fast (in, inlen, out);
return;
}
while (inlen && outlen)
{
*out++ = b64c[(to_uchar (in[0]) >> 2) & 0x3f];
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ = b64c[((to_uchar (in[0]) << 4)
+ (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[1]) >> 4 : 0))
& 0x3f];
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ =
(inlen
? b64c[((to_uchar (in[1]) << 2)
+ (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[2]) >> 6 : 0))
& 0x3f]
: '=');
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ = inlen ? b64c[to_uchar (in[2]) & 0x3f] : '=';
if (!--outlen)
break;
if (inlen)
inlen--;
if (inlen)
in += 3;
}
if (outlen)
*out = '\0';
}
/* Allocate a buffer and store zero terminated base64 encoded data
from array IN of size INLEN, returning BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), i.e.,
the length of the encoded data, excluding the terminating zero. On
return, the OUT variable will hold a pointer to newly allocated
memory that must be deallocated by the caller. If output string
length would overflow, 0 is returned and OUT is set to NULL. If
memory allocation failed, OUT is set to NULL, and the return value
indicates length of the requested memory block, i.e.,
BASE64_LENGTH(inlen) + 1. */
size_t
base64_encode_alloc (const char *in, size_t inlen, char **out)
{
size_t outlen = 1 + BASE64_LENGTH (inlen);
/* Check for overflow in outlen computation.
*
* If there is no overflow, outlen >= inlen.
*
* If the operation (inlen + 2) overflows then it yields at most +1, so
* outlen is 0.
*
* If the multiplication overflows, we lose at least half of the
* correct value, so the result is < ((inlen + 2) / 3) * 2, which is
* less than (inlen + 2) * 0.66667, which is less than inlen as soon as
* (inlen > 4).
*/
if (inlen > outlen)
{
*out = NULL;
return 0;
}
*out = malloc (outlen);
if (!*out)
return outlen;
base64_encode (in, inlen, *out, outlen);
return outlen - 1;
}
/* With this approach this file works independent of the charset used
(think EBCDIC). However, it does assume that the characters in the
Base64 alphabet (A-Za-z0-9+/) are encoded in 0..255. POSIX
1003.1-2001 require that char and unsigned char are 8-bit
quantities, though, taking care of that problem. But this may be a
potential problem on non-POSIX C99 platforms.
IBM C V6 for AIX mishandles "#define B64(x) ...'x'...", so use "_"
as the formal parameter rather than "x". */
#define B64(_) \
((_) == 'A' ? 0 \
: (_) == 'B' ? 1 \
: (_) == 'C' ? 2 \
: (_) == 'D' ? 3 \
: (_) == 'E' ? 4 \
: (_) == 'F' ? 5 \
: (_) == 'G' ? 6 \
: (_) == 'H' ? 7 \
: (_) == 'I' ? 8 \
: (_) == 'J' ? 9 \
: (_) == 'K' ? 10 \
: (_) == 'L' ? 11 \
: (_) == 'M' ? 12 \
: (_) == 'N' ? 13 \
: (_) == 'O' ? 14 \
: (_) == 'P' ? 15 \
: (_) == 'Q' ? 16 \
: (_) == 'R' ? 17 \
: (_) == 'S' ? 18 \
: (_) == 'T' ? 19 \
: (_) == 'U' ? 20 \
: (_) == 'V' ? 21 \
: (_) == 'W' ? 22 \
: (_) == 'X' ? 23 \
: (_) == 'Y' ? 24 \
: (_) == 'Z' ? 25 \
: (_) == 'a' ? 26 \
: (_) == 'b' ? 27 \
: (_) == 'c' ? 28 \
: (_) == 'd' ? 29 \
: (_) == 'e' ? 30 \
: (_) == 'f' ? 31 \
: (_) == 'g' ? 32 \
: (_) == 'h' ? 33 \
: (_) == 'i' ? 34 \
: (_) == 'j' ? 35 \
: (_) == 'k' ? 36 \
: (_) == 'l' ? 37 \
: (_) == 'm' ? 38 \
: (_) == 'n' ? 39 \
: (_) == 'o' ? 40 \
: (_) == 'p' ? 41 \
: (_) == 'q' ? 42 \
: (_) == 'r' ? 43 \
: (_) == 's' ? 44 \
: (_) == 't' ? 45 \
: (_) == 'u' ? 46 \
: (_) == 'v' ? 47 \
: (_) == 'w' ? 48 \
: (_) == 'x' ? 49 \
: (_) == 'y' ? 50 \
: (_) == 'z' ? 51 \
: (_) == '0' ? 52 \
: (_) == '1' ? 53 \
: (_) == '2' ? 54 \
: (_) == '3' ? 55 \
: (_) == '4' ? 56 \
: (_) == '5' ? 57 \
: (_) == '6' ? 58 \
: (_) == '7' ? 59 \
: (_) == '8' ? 60 \
: (_) == '9' ? 61 \
: (_) == '+' ? 62 \
: (_) == '/' ? 63 \
: -1)
static const signed char b64[0x100] = {
B64 (0), B64 (1), B64 (2), B64 (3),
B64 (4), B64 (5), B64 (6), B64 (7),
B64 (8), B64 (9), B64 (10), B64 (11),
B64 (12), B64 (13), B64 (14), B64 (15),
B64 (16), B64 (17), B64 (18), B64 (19),
B64 (20), B64 (21), B64 (22), B64 (23),
B64 (24), B64 (25), B64 (26), B64 (27),
B64 (28), B64 (29), B64 (30), B64 (31),
B64 (32), B64 (33), B64 (34), B64 (35),
B64 (36), B64 (37), B64 (38), B64 (39),
B64 (40), B64 (41), B64 (42), B64 (43),
B64 (44), B64 (45), B64 (46), B64 (47),
B64 (48), B64 (49), B64 (50), B64 (51),
B64 (52), B64 (53), B64 (54), B64 (55),
B64 (56), B64 (57), B64 (58), B64 (59),
B64 (60), B64 (61), B64 (62), B64 (63),
B64 (64), B64 (65), B64 (66), B64 (67),
B64 (68), B64 (69), B64 (70), B64 (71),
B64 (72), B64 (73), B64 (74), B64 (75),
B64 (76), B64 (77), B64 (78), B64 (79),
B64 (80), B64 (81), B64 (82), B64 (83),
B64 (84), B64 (85), B64 (86), B64 (87),
B64 (88), B64 (89), B64 (90), B64 (91),
B64 (92), B64 (93), B64 (94), B64 (95),
B64 (96), B64 (97), B64 (98), B64 (99),
B64 (100), B64 (101), B64 (102), B64 (103),
B64 (104), B64 (105), B64 (106), B64 (107),
B64 (108), B64 (109), B64 (110), B64 (111),
B64 (112), B64 (113), B64 (114), B64 (115),
B64 (116), B64 (117), B64 (118), B64 (119),
B64 (120), B64 (121), B64 (122), B64 (123),
B64 (124), B64 (125), B64 (126), B64 (127),
B64 (128), B64 (129), B64 (130), B64 (131),
B64 (132), B64 (133), B64 (134), B64 (135),
B64 (136), B64 (137), B64 (138), B64 (139),
B64 (140), B64 (141), B64 (142), B64 (143),
B64 (144), B64 (145), B64 (146), B64 (147),
B64 (148), B64 (149), B64 (150), B64 (151),
B64 (152), B64 (153), B64 (154), B64 (155),
B64 (156), B64 (157), B64 (158), B64 (159),
B64 (160), B64 (161), B64 (162), B64 (163),
B64 (164), B64 (165), B64 (166), B64 (167),
B64 (168), B64 (169), B64 (170), B64 (171),
B64 (172), B64 (173), B64 (174), B64 (175),
B64 (176), B64 (177), B64 (178), B64 (179),
B64 (180), B64 (181), B64 (182), B64 (183),
B64 (184), B64 (185), B64 (186), B64 (187),
B64 (188), B64 (189), B64 (190), B64 (191),
B64 (192), B64 (193), B64 (194), B64 (195),
B64 (196), B64 (197), B64 (198), B64 (199),
B64 (200), B64 (201), B64 (202), B64 (203),
B64 (204), B64 (205), B64 (206), B64 (207),
B64 (208), B64 (209), B64 (210), B64 (211),
B64 (212), B64 (213), B64 (214), B64 (215),
B64 (216), B64 (217), B64 (218), B64 (219),
B64 (220), B64 (221), B64 (222), B64 (223),
B64 (224), B64 (225), B64 (226), B64 (227),
B64 (228), B64 (229), B64 (230), B64 (231),
B64 (232), B64 (233), B64 (234), B64 (235),
B64 (236), B64 (237), B64 (238), B64 (239),
B64 (240), B64 (241), B64 (242), B64 (243),
B64 (244), B64 (245), B64 (246), B64 (247),
B64 (248), B64 (249), B64 (250), B64 (251),
B64 (252), B64 (253), B64 (254), B64 (255)
};
#if UCHAR_MAX == 255
# define uchar_in_range(c) true
#else
# define uchar_in_range(c) ((c) <= 255)
#endif
/* Return true if CH is a character from the Base64 alphabet, and
false otherwise. Note that '=' is padding and not considered to be
part of the alphabet. */
bool
isbase64 (char ch)
{
return uchar_in_range (to_uchar (ch)) && 0 <= b64[to_uchar (ch)];
}
/* Initialize decode-context buffer, CTX. */
void
base64_decode_ctx_init (struct base64_decode_context *ctx)
{
ctx->i = 0;
}
/* If CTX->i is 0 or 4, there are four or more bytes in [*IN..IN_END), and
none of those four is a newline, then return *IN. Otherwise, copy up to
4 - CTX->i non-newline bytes from that range into CTX->buf, starting at
index CTX->i and setting CTX->i to reflect the number of bytes copied,
and return CTX->buf. In either case, advance *IN to point to the byte
after the last one processed, and set *N_NON_NEWLINE to the number of
verified non-newline bytes accessible through the returned pointer. */
static char *
get_4 (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
char const *restrict *in, char const *restrict in_end,
size_t *n_non_newline)
{
if (ctx->i == 4)
ctx->i = 0;
if (ctx->i == 0)
{
char const *t = *in;
if (4 <= in_end - *in && memchr (t, '\n', 4) == NULL)
{
/* This is the common case: no newline. */
*in += 4;
*n_non_newline = 4;
return (char *) t;
}
}
{
/* Copy non-newline bytes into BUF. */
char const *p = *in;
while (p < in_end)
{
char c = *p++;
if (c != '\n')
{
ctx->buf[ctx->i++] = c;
if (ctx->i == 4)
break;
}
}
*in = p;
*n_non_newline = ctx->i;
return ctx->buf;
}
}
#define return_false \
do \
{ \
*outp = out; \
return false; \
} \
while (false)
/* Decode up to four bytes of base64-encoded data, IN, of length INLEN
into the output buffer, *OUT, of size *OUTLEN bytes. Return true if
decoding is successful, false otherwise. If *OUTLEN is too small,
as many bytes as possible are written to *OUT. On return, advance
*OUT to point to the byte after the last one written, and decrement
*OUTLEN to reflect the number of bytes remaining in *OUT. */
static bool
decode_4 (char const *restrict in, size_t inlen,
char *restrict *outp, size_t *outleft)
{
char *out = *outp;
if (inlen < 2)
return false;
if (!isbase64 (in[0]) || !isbase64 (in[1]))
return false;
if (*outleft)
{
*out++ = ((b64[to_uchar (in[0])] << 2)
| (b64[to_uchar (in[1])] >> 4));
--*outleft;
}
if (inlen == 2)
return_false;
if (in[2] == '=')
{
if (inlen != 4)
return_false;
if (in[3] != '=')
return_false;
}
else
{
if (!isbase64 (in[2]))
return_false;
if (*outleft)
{
*out++ = (((b64[to_uchar (in[1])] << 4) & 0xf0)
| (b64[to_uchar (in[2])] >> 2));
--*outleft;
}
if (inlen == 3)
return_false;
if (in[3] == '=')
{
if (inlen != 4)
return_false;
}
else
{
if (!isbase64 (in[3]))
return_false;
if (*outleft)
{
*out++ = (((b64[to_uchar (in[2])] << 6) & 0xc0)
| b64[to_uchar (in[3])]);
--*outleft;
}
}
}
*outp = out;
return true;
}
/* Decode base64-encoded input array IN of length INLEN to output array
OUT that can hold *OUTLEN bytes. The input data may be interspersed
with newlines. Return true if decoding was successful, i.e. if the
input was valid base64 data, false otherwise. If *OUTLEN is too
small, as many bytes as possible will be written to OUT. On return,
*OUTLEN holds the length of decoded bytes in OUT. Note that as soon
as any non-alphabet, non-newline character is encountered, decoding
is stopped and false is returned. If INLEN is zero, then process
only whatever data is stored in CTX.
Initially, CTX must have been initialized via base64_decode_ctx_init.
Subsequent calls to this function must reuse whatever state is recorded
in that buffer. It is necessary for when a quadruple of base64 input
bytes spans two input buffers.
If CTX is NULL then newlines are treated as garbage and the input
buffer is processed as a unit. */
bool
base64_decode_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
char *restrict out, size_t *outlen)
{
size_t outleft = *outlen;
bool ignore_newlines = ctx != NULL;
bool flush_ctx = false;
unsigned int ctx_i = 0;
if (ignore_newlines)
{
ctx_i = ctx->i;
flush_ctx = inlen == 0;
}
while (true)
{
size_t outleft_save = outleft;
if (ctx_i == 0 && !flush_ctx)
{
while (true)
{
/* Save a copy of outleft, in case we need to re-parse this
block of four bytes. */
outleft_save = outleft;
if (!decode_4 (in, inlen, &out, &outleft))
break;
in += 4;
inlen -= 4;
}
}
if (inlen == 0 && !flush_ctx)
break;
/* Handle the common case of 72-byte wrapped lines.
This also handles any other multiple-of-4-byte wrapping. */
if (inlen && *in == '\n' && ignore_newlines)
{
++in;
--inlen;
continue;
}
/* Restore OUT and OUTLEFT. */
out -= outleft_save - outleft;
outleft = outleft_save;
{
char const *in_end = in + inlen;
char const *non_nl;
if (ignore_newlines)
non_nl = get_4 (ctx, &in, in_end, &inlen);
else
non_nl = in; /* Might have nl in this case. */
/* If the input is empty or consists solely of newlines (0 non-newlines),
then we're done. Likewise if there are fewer than 4 bytes when not
flushing context and not treating newlines as garbage. */
if (inlen == 0 || (inlen < 4 && !flush_ctx && ignore_newlines))
{
inlen = 0;
break;
}
if (!decode_4 (non_nl, inlen, &out, &outleft))
break;
inlen = in_end - in;
}
}
*outlen -= outleft;
return inlen == 0;
}
/* Allocate an output buffer in *OUT, and decode the base64 encoded
data stored in IN of size INLEN to the *OUT buffer. On return, the
size of the decoded data is stored in *OUTLEN. OUTLEN may be NULL,
if the caller is not interested in the decoded length. *OUT may be
NULL to indicate an out of memory error, in which case *OUTLEN
contains the size of the memory block needed. The function returns
true on successful decoding and memory allocation errors. (Use the
*OUT and *OUTLEN parameters to differentiate between successful
decoding and memory error.) The function returns false if the
input was invalid, in which case *OUT is NULL and *OUTLEN is
undefined. */
bool
base64_decode_alloc_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
const char *in, size_t inlen, char **out,
size_t *outlen)
{
/* This may allocate a few bytes too many, depending on input,
but it's not worth the extra CPU time to compute the exact size.
The exact size is 3 * (inlen + (ctx ? ctx->i : 0)) / 4, minus 1 if the
input ends with "=" and minus another 1 if the input ends with "==".
Dividing before multiplying avoids the possibility of overflow. */
size_t needlen = 3 * (inlen / 4) + 3;
*out = malloc (needlen);
if (!*out)
return true;
if (!base64_decode_ctx (ctx, in, inlen, *out, &needlen))
{
free (*out);
*out = NULL;
return false;
}
if (outlen)
*outlen = needlen;
return true;
}

68
lib/base64.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/* base64.h -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
Copyright (C) 2004-2006, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Simon Josefsson.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef BASE64_H
# define BASE64_H
/* Get size_t. */
# include <stddef.h>
/* Get bool. */
# include <stdbool.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
/* This uses that the expression (n+(k-1))/k means the smallest
integer >= n/k, i.e., the ceiling of n/k. */
# define BASE64_LENGTH(inlen) ((((inlen) + 2) / 3) * 4)
struct base64_decode_context
{
unsigned int i;
char buf[4];
};
extern bool isbase64 (char ch) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
extern void base64_encode (const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
char *restrict out, size_t outlen);
extern size_t base64_encode_alloc (const char *in, size_t inlen, char **out);
extern void base64_decode_ctx_init (struct base64_decode_context *ctx);
extern bool base64_decode_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
char *restrict out, size_t *outlen);
extern bool base64_decode_alloc_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
const char *in, size_t inlen,
char **out, size_t *outlen);
#define base64_decode(in, inlen, out, outlen) \
base64_decode_ctx (NULL, in, inlen, out, outlen)
#define base64_decode_alloc(in, inlen, out, outlen) \
base64_decode_alloc_ctx (NULL, in, inlen, out, outlen)
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif /* BASE64_H */

75
lib/basename-lgpl.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2020 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <string.h>
/* Return the address of the last file name component of NAME. If
NAME has no relative file name components because it is a file
system root, return the empty string. */
char *
last_component (char const *name)
{
char const *base = name + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
char const *p;
bool saw_slash = false;
while (ISSLASH (*base))
base++;
for (p = base; *p; p++)
{
if (ISSLASH (*p))
saw_slash = true;
else if (saw_slash)
{
base = p;
saw_slash = false;
}
}
return (char *) base;
}
/* Return the length of the basename NAME. Typically NAME is the
value returned by base_name or last_component. Act like strlen
(NAME), except omit all trailing slashes. */
size_t
base_len (char const *name)
{
size_t len;
size_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
for (len = strlen (name); 1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]); len--)
continue;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && len == 1
&& ISSLASH (name[0]) && ISSLASH (name[1]) && ! name[2])
return 2;
if (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE && prefix_len
&& len == prefix_len && ISSLASH (name[prefix_len]))
return prefix_len + 1;
return len;
}

58
lib/basename.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2020 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "xalloc.h"
#include "xstrndup.h"
char *
base_name (char const *name)
{
char const *base = last_component (name);
size_t length;
/* If there is no last component, then name is a file system root or the
empty string. */
if (! *base)
return xstrndup (name, base_len (name));
/* Collapse a sequence of trailing slashes into one. */
length = base_len (base);
if (ISSLASH (base[length]))
length++;
/* On systems with drive letters, "a/b:c" must return "./b:c" rather
than "b:c" to avoid confusion with a drive letter. On systems
with pure POSIX semantics, this is not an issue. */
if (FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (base))
{
char *p = xmalloc (length + 3);
p[0] = '.';
p[1] = '/';
memcpy (p + 2, base, length);
p[length + 2] = '\0';
return p;
}
/* Finally, copy the basename. */
return xstrndup (base, length);
}

39
lib/binary-io.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/* Binary mode I/O.
Copyright 2017-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#define BINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#include "binary-io.h"
#if defined __DJGPP__ || defined __EMX__
# include <unistd.h>
int
set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode)
{
if (isatty (fd))
/* If FD refers to a console (not a pipe, not a regular file),
O_TEXT is the only reasonable mode, both on input and on output.
Silently ignore the request. If we were to return -1 here,
all programs that use xset_binary_mode would fail when run
with console input or console output. */
return O_TEXT;
else
return __gl_setmode (fd, mode);
}
#endif

77
lib/binary-io.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/* Binary mode I/O.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _BINARY_H
#define _BINARY_H
/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
O_BINARY is guaranteed by the gnulib <fcntl.h>. */
#include <fcntl.h>
/* The MSVC7 <stdio.h> doesn't like to be included after '#define fileno ...',
so we include it here first. */
#include <stdio.h>
#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#error "Please include config.h first."
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#ifndef BINARY_IO_INLINE
# define BINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_INLINE
#endif
#if O_BINARY
# if defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ || defined __CYGWIN__
# include <io.h> /* declares setmode() */
# define __gl_setmode setmode
# else
# define __gl_setmode _setmode
# undef fileno
# define fileno _fileno
# endif
#else
/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the only choice. */
/* Use a function rather than a macro, to avoid gcc warnings
"warning: statement with no effect". */
BINARY_IO_INLINE int
__gl_setmode (int fd _GL_UNUSED, int mode _GL_UNUSED)
{
return O_BINARY;
}
#endif
/* Set FD's mode to MODE, which should be either O_TEXT or O_BINARY.
Return the old mode if successful, -1 (setting errno) on failure.
Ordinarily this function would be called 'setmode', since that is
its name on MS-Windows, but it is called 'set_binary_mode' here
to avoid colliding with a BSD function of another name. */
#if defined __DJGPP__ || defined __EMX__
extern int set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode);
#else
BINARY_IO_INLINE int
set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode)
{
return __gl_setmode (fd, mode);
}
#endif
/* This macro is obsolescent. */
#define SET_BINARY(fd) ((void) set_binary_mode (fd, O_BINARY))
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
#endif /* _BINARY_H */

3
lib/bitrotate.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
#include <config.h>
#define BITROTATE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#include "bitrotate.h"

138
lib/bitrotate.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
/* bitrotate.h - Rotate bits in integers
Copyright (C) 2008-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Simon Josefsson <simon@josefsson.org>, 2008. */
#ifndef _GL_BITROTATE_H
#define _GL_BITROTATE_H
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#error "Please include config.h first."
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#ifndef BITROTATE_INLINE
# define BITROTATE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
#endif
#ifdef UINT64_MAX
/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 and
63 inclusive. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint64_t
rotl64 (uint64_t x, int n)
{
return ((x << n) | (x >> (64 - n))) & UINT64_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be between 1 to
63 inclusive.*/
BITROTATE_INLINE uint64_t
rotr64 (uint64_t x, int n)
{
return ((x >> n) | (x << (64 - n))) & UINT64_MAX;
}
#endif
/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 and
31 inclusive. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint32_t
rotl32 (uint32_t x, int n)
{
return ((x << n) | (x >> (32 - n))) & UINT32_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be between 1 to
31 inclusive.*/
BITROTATE_INLINE uint32_t
rotr32 (uint32_t x, int n)
{
return ((x >> n) | (x << (32 - n))) & UINT32_MAX;
}
/* Given a size_t argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 and
(CHAR_BIT * sizeof (size_t) - 1) inclusive. */
BITROTATE_INLINE size_t
rotl_sz (size_t x, int n)
{
return ((x << n) | (x >> ((CHAR_BIT * sizeof x) - n))) & SIZE_MAX;
}
/* Given a size_t argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be between 1 to
(CHAR_BIT * sizeof (size_t) - 1) inclusive. */
BITROTATE_INLINE size_t
rotr_sz (size_t x, int n)
{
return ((x >> n) | (x << ((CHAR_BIT * sizeof x) - n))) & SIZE_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 to
15 inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 16
because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
before shifting. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint16_t
rotl16 (uint16_t x, int n)
{
return (((unsigned int) x << n) | ((unsigned int) x >> (16 - n)))
& UINT16_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be in 1 to 15
inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 16
because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
before shifting. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint16_t
rotr16 (uint16_t x, int n)
{
return (((unsigned int) x >> n) | ((unsigned int) x << (16 - n)))
& UINT16_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 8-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 to 7
inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 8
because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
before shifting. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint8_t
rotl8 (uint8_t x, int n)
{
return (((unsigned int) x << n) | ((unsigned int) x >> (8 - n))) & UINT8_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 8-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be in 1 to 7
inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 8
because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
before shifting. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint8_t
rotr8 (uint8_t x, int n)
{
return (((unsigned int) x >> n) | ((unsigned int) x << (8 - n))) & UINT8_MAX;
}
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
#endif /* _GL_BITROTATE_H */

39
lib/btowc.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/* Convert unibyte character to wide character.
Copyright (C) 2008, 2010-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <wchar.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
wint_t
btowc (int c)
{
if (c != EOF)
{
char buf[1];
wchar_t wc;
buf[0] = c;
if (mbtowc (&wc, buf, 1) >= 0)
return wc;
}
return WEOF;
}

59
lib/buffer-lcm.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
/* buffer-lcm.c - compute a good buffer size for dealing with two files
Copyright (C) 2002-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#include <config.h>
#include "buffer-lcm.h"
/* Return a buffer size suitable for doing I/O with files whose block
sizes are A and B. However, never return a value greater than
LCM_MAX. */
size_t
buffer_lcm (size_t a, size_t b, size_t lcm_max)
{
size_t size;
/* Use reasonable values if buffer sizes are zero. */
if (!a)
size = b ? b : 8 * 1024;
else
{
if (b)
{
/* Return lcm (A, B) if it is in range; otherwise, fall back
on A. */
size_t lcm, m, n, q, r;
/* N = gcd (A, B). */
for (m = a, n = b; (r = m % n) != 0; m = n, n = r)
continue;
/* LCM = lcm (A, B), if in range. */
q = a / n;
lcm = q * b;
if (lcm <= lcm_max && lcm / b == q)
return lcm;
}
size = a;
}
return size <= lcm_max ? size : lcm_max;
}

2
lib/buffer-lcm.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
#include <stddef.h>
size_t buffer_lcm (size_t, size_t, size_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;

44
lib/byteswap.in.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/* byteswap.h - Byte swapping
Copyright (C) 2005, 2007, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Oskar Liljeblad <oskar@osk.mine.nu>, 2005.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GL_BYTESWAP_H
#define _GL_BYTESWAP_H
/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding to
X with reversed byte order. */
#define bswap_16(x) ((((x) & 0x00FF) << 8) | \
(((x) & 0xFF00) >> 8))
/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding to
X with reversed byte order. */
#define bswap_32(x) ((((x) & 0x000000FF) << 24) | \
(((x) & 0x0000FF00) << 8) | \
(((x) & 0x00FF0000) >> 8) | \
(((x) & 0xFF000000) >> 24))
/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding to
X with reversed byte order. */
#define bswap_64(x) ((((x) & 0x00000000000000FFULL) << 56) | \
(((x) & 0x000000000000FF00ULL) << 40) | \
(((x) & 0x0000000000FF0000ULL) << 24) | \
(((x) & 0x00000000FF000000ULL) << 8) | \
(((x) & 0x000000FF00000000ULL) >> 8) | \
(((x) & 0x0000FF0000000000ULL) >> 24) | \
(((x) & 0x00FF000000000000ULL) >> 40) | \
(((x) & 0xFF00000000000000ULL) >> 56))
#endif /* _GL_BYTESWAP_H */

313
lib/c++defs.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
/* C++ compatible function declaration macros.
Copyright (C) 2010-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
/* Begin/end the GNULIB_NAMESPACE namespace. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE {
# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE }
#else
# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE
#endif
/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
* For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
it exists:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if !@HAVE_FOO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
* For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if @REPLACE_FOO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef foo
# define foo rpl_foo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
* For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if @REPLACE_FOO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef foo
# define foo rpl_foo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
# else
# if !@HAVE_FOO@ or if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
*/
/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
performs the declaration with C linkage. */
#if defined __cplusplus
# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
#else
# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
#endif
/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
Example:
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
*/
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
Example:
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
*/
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
Wrapping rpl_func in an object with an inline conversion operator
avoids a reference to rpl_func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
actually used in the program. */
#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return ::rpl_func; \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
declaration. A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
that would otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>(::rpl_func); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
Wrapping func in an object with an inline conversion operator
avoids a reference to func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
actually used in the program. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return ::func; \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>(::func); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2. Two consecutive casts
are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
errors that would otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
/* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways. */
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>((rettype2 (*) parameters2)(::func)); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. func must be defined without overloaded
variants. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
/* To work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
# if !__OPTIMIZE__
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
"The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
"Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
extern __typeof__ (func) func
# else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
# endif
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
/* To work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
# if !__OPTIMIZE__
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
"The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
"Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
# else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
# endif
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */

3
lib/c-ctype.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
#include <config.h>
#define C_CTYPE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#include "c-ctype.h"

366
lib/c-ctype.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
/* Character handling in C locale.
These functions work like the corresponding functions in <ctype.h>,
except that they have the C (POSIX) locale hardwired, whereas the
<ctype.h> functions' behaviour depends on the current locale set via
setlocale.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2006, 2008-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef C_CTYPE_H
#define C_CTYPE_H
#include <stdbool.h>
#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#error "Please include config.h first."
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#ifndef C_CTYPE_INLINE
# define C_CTYPE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
characters. */
#if (' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
&& ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
&& (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
&& ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
&& ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
&& ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
&& ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
&& ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
&& ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
&& ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
&& ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
&& ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
&& ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
&& ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
&& ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
&& ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
&& ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
&& ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
&& ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
&& ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
&& ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
&& ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
&& ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126)
/* The character set is ASCII or one of its variants or extensions, not EBCDIC.
Testing the value of '\n' and '\r' is not relevant. */
# define C_CTYPE_ASCII 1
#elif ! (' ' == '\x40' && '0' == '\xf0' \
&& 'A' == '\xc1' && 'J' == '\xd1' && 'S' == '\xe2' \
&& 'a' == '\x81' && 'j' == '\x91' && 's' == '\xa2')
# error "Only ASCII and EBCDIC are supported"
#endif
#if 'A' < 0
# error "EBCDIC and char is signed -- not supported"
#endif
/* Cases for control characters. */
#define _C_CTYPE_CNTRL \
case '\a': case '\b': case '\f': case '\n': \
case '\r': case '\t': case '\v': \
_C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL
/* ASCII control characters other than those with \-letter escapes. */
#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
# define _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL \
case '\x00': case '\x01': case '\x02': case '\x03': \
case '\x04': case '\x05': case '\x06': case '\x0e': \
case '\x0f': case '\x10': case '\x11': case '\x12': \
case '\x13': case '\x14': case '\x15': case '\x16': \
case '\x17': case '\x18': case '\x19': case '\x1a': \
case '\x1b': case '\x1c': case '\x1d': case '\x1e': \
case '\x1f': case '\x7f'
#else
/* Use EBCDIC code page 1047's assignments for ASCII control chars;
assume all EBCDIC code pages agree about these assignments. */
# define _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL \
case '\x00': case '\x01': case '\x02': case '\x03': \
case '\x07': case '\x0e': case '\x0f': case '\x10': \
case '\x11': case '\x12': case '\x13': case '\x18': \
case '\x19': case '\x1c': case '\x1d': case '\x1e': \
case '\x1f': case '\x26': case '\x27': case '\x2d': \
case '\x2e': case '\x32': case '\x37': case '\x3c': \
case '\x3d': case '\x3f'
#endif
/* Cases for lowercase hex letters, and lowercase letters, all offset by N. */
#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N(N) \
case 'a' + (N): case 'b' + (N): case 'c' + (N): case 'd' + (N): \
case 'e' + (N): case 'f' + (N)
#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N(N) \
_C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N(N): \
case 'g' + (N): case 'h' + (N): case 'i' + (N): case 'j' + (N): \
case 'k' + (N): case 'l' + (N): case 'm' + (N): case 'n' + (N): \
case 'o' + (N): case 'p' + (N): case 'q' + (N): case 'r' + (N): \
case 's' + (N): case 't' + (N): case 'u' + (N): case 'v' + (N): \
case 'w' + (N): case 'x' + (N): case 'y' + (N): case 'z' + (N)
/* Cases for hex letters, digits, lower, punct, and upper. */
#define _C_CTYPE_A_THRU_F \
_C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N (0): \
_C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N ('A' - 'a')
#define _C_CTYPE_DIGIT \
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': \
case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': \
case '8': case '9'
#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N (0)
#define _C_CTYPE_PUNCT \
case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': \
case '%': case '&': case '\'': case '(': \
case ')': case '*': case '+': case ',': \
case '-': case '.': case '/': case ':': \
case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': \
case '?': case '@': case '[': case '\\': \
case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`': \
case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~'
#define _C_CTYPE_UPPER _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N ('A' - 'a')
/* Function definitions. */
/* Unlike the functions in <ctype.h>, which require an argument in the range
of the 'unsigned char' type, the functions here operate on values that are
in the 'unsigned char' range or in the 'char' range. In other words,
when you have a 'char' value, you need to cast it before using it as
argument to a <ctype.h> function:
const char *s = ...;
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) *s)) ...
but you don't need to cast it for the functions defined in this file:
const char *s = ...;
if (c_isalpha (*s)) ...
*/
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isalnum (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isalpha (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
/* The function isascii is not locale dependent.
Its use in EBCDIC is questionable. */
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isascii (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
case ' ':
_C_CTYPE_CNTRL:
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isblank (int c)
{
return c == ' ' || c == '\t';
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_iscntrl (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_CNTRL:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isdigit (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isgraph (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_islower (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isprint (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
case ' ':
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_ispunct (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isspace (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\v': case '\f': case '\r':
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isupper (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isxdigit (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_A_THRU_F:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE int
c_tolower (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return c - 'A' + 'a';
default:
return c;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE int
c_toupper (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
return c - 'a' + 'A';
default:
return c;
}
}
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
#endif /* C_CTYPE_H */

56
lib/c-strcase.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* Case-insensitive string comparison functions in C locale.
Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2020 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef C_STRCASE_H
#define C_STRCASE_H
#include <stddef.h>
/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
characters. More precisely, one of the string arguments must be an ASCII
string; the other one can also contain non-ASCII characters (but then
the comparison result will be nonzero). */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Compare strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater
than S2. */
extern int c_strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
/* Compare no more than N characters of strings S1 and S2, ignoring case,
returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is
lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2. */
extern int c_strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* C_STRCASE_H */

56
lib/c-strcasecmp.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* c-strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator in C locale
Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "c-strcase.h"
#include <limits.h>
#include "c-ctype.h"
int
c_strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
{
register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2)
return 0;
do
{
c1 = c_tolower (*p1);
c2 = c_tolower (*p2);
if (c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
return c1 - c2;
else
/* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
doesn't fit in an 'int'. */
return (c1 > c2 ? 1 : c1 < c2 ? -1 : 0);
}

181
lib/c-strcaseeq.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
/* Optimized case-insensitive string comparison in C locale.
Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2007, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
#include "c-strcase.h"
#include "c-ctype.h"
/* STRCASEEQ allows to optimize string comparison with a small literal string.
STRCASEEQ (s, "UTF-8", 'U','T','F','-','8',0,0,0,0)
is semantically equivalent to
c_strcasecmp (s, "UTF-8") == 0
just faster. */
/* Help GCC to generate good code for string comparisons with
immediate strings. */
#if defined (__GNUC__) && defined (__OPTIMIZE__)
/* Case insensitive comparison of ASCII characters. */
# if C_CTYPE_ASCII
# define CASEEQ(other,upper) \
(c_isupper (upper) ? ((other) & ~0x20) == (upper) : (other) == (upper))
# else
# define CASEEQ(other,upper) \
(c_toupper (other) == (upper))
# endif
static inline int
strcaseeq9 (const char *s1, const char *s2)
{
return c_strcasecmp (s1 + 9, s2 + 9) == 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq8 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[8], s28))
{
if (s28 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq9 (s1, s2);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq7 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[7], s27))
{
if (s27 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq8 (s1, s2, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq6 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[6], s26))
{
if (s26 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq7 (s1, s2, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq5 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[5], s25))
{
if (s25 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq6 (s1, s2, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq4 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[4], s24))
{
if (s24 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq5 (s1, s2, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq3 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[3], s23))
{
if (s23 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq4 (s1, s2, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq2 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[2], s22))
{
if (s22 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq3 (s1, s2, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq1 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[1], s21))
{
if (s21 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq2 (s1, s2, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq0 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s20, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[0], s20))
{
if (s20 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq1 (s1, s2, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
#define STRCASEEQ(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \
strcaseeq0 (s1, s2, s20, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28)
#else
#define STRCASEEQ(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \
(c_strcasecmp (s1, s2) == 0)
#endif

56
lib/c-strncasecmp.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* c-strncasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator in C locale
Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "c-strcase.h"
#include <limits.h>
#include "c-ctype.h"
int
c_strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
{
register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2 || n == 0)
return 0;
do
{
c1 = c_tolower (*p1);
c2 = c_tolower (*p2);
if (--n == 0 || c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
return c1 - c2;
else
/* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
doesn't fit in an 'int'. */
return (c1 > c2 ? 1 : c1 < c2 ? -1 : 0);
}

135
lib/c-strtod.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
/* Convert string to double, using the C locale.
Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2006, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#include <config.h>
#include "c-strtod.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <locale.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if LONG
# define C_STRTOD c_strtold
# define DOUBLE long double
# define STRTOD_L strtold_l
# define HAVE_GOOD_STRTOD_L (HAVE_STRTOLD_L && !GNULIB_defined_strtold_function)
# define STRTOD strtold
#else
# define C_STRTOD c_strtod
# define DOUBLE double
# define STRTOD_L strtod_l
# define HAVE_GOOD_STRTOD_L (HAVE_STRTOD_L && !GNULIB_defined_strtod_function)
# define STRTOD strtod
#endif
#if defined LC_ALL_MASK \
&& ((LONG ? HAVE_GOOD_STRTOLD_L : HAVE_GOOD_STRTOD_L) \
|| HAVE_WORKING_USELOCALE)
/* Cache for the C locale object.
Marked volatile so that different threads see the same value
(avoids locking). */
static volatile locale_t c_locale_cache;
/* Return the C locale object, or (locale_t) 0 with errno set
if it cannot be created. */
static locale_t
c_locale (void)
{
if (!c_locale_cache)
c_locale_cache = newlocale (LC_ALL_MASK, "C", (locale_t) 0);
return c_locale_cache;
}
#endif
DOUBLE
C_STRTOD (char const *nptr, char **endptr)
{
DOUBLE r;
#if defined LC_ALL_MASK \
&& ((LONG ? HAVE_GOOD_STRTOLD_L : HAVE_GOOD_STRTOD_L) \
|| HAVE_WORKING_USELOCALE)
locale_t locale = c_locale ();
if (!locale)
{
if (endptr)
*endptr = (char *) nptr;
return 0; /* errno is set here */
}
# if (LONG ? HAVE_GOOD_STRTOLD_L : HAVE_GOOD_STRTOD_L)
r = STRTOD_L (nptr, endptr, locale);
# else /* HAVE_WORKING_USELOCALE */
locale_t old_locale = uselocale (locale);
if (old_locale == (locale_t)0)
{
if (endptr)
*endptr = (char *) nptr;
return 0; /* errno is set here */
}
r = STRTOD (nptr, endptr);
int saved_errno = errno;
if (uselocale (old_locale) == (locale_t)0)
/* We can't switch back to the old locale. The thread is hosed. */
abort ();
errno = saved_errno;
# endif
#else
char *saved_locale = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, NULL);
if (saved_locale)
{
saved_locale = strdup (saved_locale);
if (saved_locale == NULL)
{
if (endptr)
*endptr = (char *) nptr;
return 0; /* errno is set here */
}
setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C");
}
r = STRTOD (nptr, endptr);
if (saved_locale)
{
int saved_errno = errno;
setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, saved_locale);
free (saved_locale);
errno = saved_errno;
}
#endif
return r;
}

45
lib/c-strtod.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
/* Convert string to double, using the C locale. -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Parse the initial portion of the string pointed to by NPTR as a floating-
point number (in decimal or hexadecimal notation), like in the C locale:
accepting only the ASCII digits '0'..'9', and only '.' as decimal point
character.
If ENDPTR is not NULL, set *ENDPTR to point to the first byte beyond the
parsed number or to NPTR if the string does not start with a parsable
number.
Return value:
- If successful, return the value as a double or 'long double',
respectively, and don't modify errno.
- In case of overflow, return ±HUGE_VAL or ±HUGE_VALL, respectively, and
set errno to ERANGE.
- In case of underflow, return a value very near to 0 and set errno to
ERANGE.
- If the string does not start with a number at all, return 0 (and recall
that if ENDPTR != NULL, *ENDPTR is set to NPTR), and maybe set errno to
EINVAL.
- In case of other error, return 0 and set errno, for example to ENOMEM. */
extern double c_strtod (char const *nptr, char **endptr);
extern long double c_strtold (char const *nptr, char **endptr);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

2
lib/c-strtold.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
#define LONG 1
#include "c-strtod.c"

73
lib/calloc.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
/* calloc() function that is glibc compatible.
This wrapper function is required at least on Tru64 UNIX 5.1 and mingw.
Copyright (C) 2004-2007, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */
#include <config.h>
/* Only the AC_FUNC_CALLOC macro defines 'calloc' already in config.h. */
#ifdef calloc
# define NEED_CALLOC_GNU 1
# undef calloc
/* Whereas the gnulib module 'calloc-gnu' defines HAVE_CALLOC_GNU. */
#elif GNULIB_CALLOC_GNU && !HAVE_CALLOC_GNU
# define NEED_CALLOC_GNU 1
#endif
/* Specification. */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
/* Call the system's calloc below. */
#undef calloc
/* Allocate and zero-fill an NxS-byte block of memory from the heap.
If N or S is zero, allocate and zero-fill a 1-byte block. */
void *
rpl_calloc (size_t n, size_t s)
{
void *result;
#if NEED_CALLOC_GNU
if (n == 0 || s == 0)
{
n = 1;
s = 1;
}
else
{
/* Defend against buggy calloc implementations that mishandle
size_t overflow. */
size_t bytes = n * s;
if (bytes / s != n)
{
errno = ENOMEM;
return NULL;
}
}
#endif
result = calloc (n, s);
#if !HAVE_CALLOC_POSIX
if (result == NULL)
errno = ENOMEM;
#endif
return result;
}

91
lib/canon-host.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
/* Host name canonicalization
Copyright (C) 2005-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "canon-host.h"
#include <string.h>
#include <netdb.h>
/* Store the last error for the single-threaded version of this function. */
static int last_cherror;
/* Single-threaded of wrapper for canon_host_r. After a NULL return, error
messages may be retrieved via ch_strerror(). */
char *
canon_host (const char *host)
{
return canon_host_r (host, &last_cherror);
}
/* Return a malloc'd string containing the canonical hostname associated with
HOST, or NULL if a canonical name cannot be determined. On NULL return,
if CHERROR is not NULL, set *CHERROR to an error code as returned by
getaddrinfo(). Use ch_strerror_r() or gai_strerror() to convert a *CHERROR
value to a string suitable for error messages.
WARNINGS
HOST must be a string representation of a resolvable name for this host.
Strings containing an IP address in dotted decimal notation will be
returned as-is, without further resolution.
The use of the word "canonical" in this context is unfortunate but
entrenched. The value returned by this function will be the end result
of the resolution of any CNAME chains in the DNS. There may only be one
such value for any given hostname, though the actual IP address
referenced by this value and the device using that IP address may each
actually have any number of such "canonical" hostnames. See the POSIX
getaddrinfo spec
<https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/getaddrinfo.html>,
RFC 1034 <https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1034.txt>, & RFC 2181
<https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2181.txt> for more on what this confusing
term really refers to. */
char *
canon_host_r (char const *host, int *cherror)
{
char *retval = NULL;
static struct addrinfo hints;
struct addrinfo *res = NULL;
int status;
hints.ai_flags = AI_CANONNAME;
status = getaddrinfo (host, NULL, &hints, &res);
if (!status)
{
/* https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-coreutils/2006-09/msg00300.html
says Darwin 7.9.0 getaddrinfo returns 0 but sets
res->ai_canonname to NULL. */
retval = strdup (res->ai_canonname ? res->ai_canonname : host);
if (!retval && cherror)
*cherror = EAI_MEMORY;
freeaddrinfo (res);
}
else if (cherror)
*cherror = status;
return retval;
}
/* Return a string describing the last error encountered by canon_host. */
const char *
ch_strerror (void)
{
return gai_strerror (last_cherror);
}

29
lib/canon-host.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
/* Host name canonicalization
Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef CANON_HOST_H
# define CANON_HOST_H 1
char *canon_host (char const *host) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC;
char *canon_host_r (char const *host, int *cherror) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC;
const char *ch_strerror (void);
# define ch_strerror_r(cherror) gai_strerror (cherror);
#endif /* !CANON_HOST_H */

355
lib/canonicalize.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file.
Copyright (C) 1996-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "canonicalize.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "areadlink.h"
#include "file-set.h"
#include "hash-triple.h"
#include "pathmax.h"
#include "xalloc.h"
#include "xgetcwd.h"
#include "dosname.h"
#define MULTIPLE_BITS_SET(i) (((i) & ((i) - 1)) != 0)
/* In this file, we cannot handle file names longer than PATH_MAX.
On systems with no file name length limit, use a fallback. */
#ifndef PATH_MAX
# define PATH_MAX 8192
#endif
#ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT 0
#endif
#if ISSLASH ('\\')
# define SLASHES "/\\"
#else
# define SLASHES "/"
#endif
#if !((HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME && FUNC_REALPATH_WORKS) \
|| GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_LGPL)
/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME. A canonical name
does not contain any ".", ".." components nor any repeated file name
separators ('/') or symlinks. All components must exist.
The result is malloc'd. */
char *
canonicalize_file_name (const char *name)
{
return canonicalize_filename_mode (name, CAN_EXISTING);
}
#endif /* !HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME */
/* Return true if we've already seen the triple, <FILENAME, dev, ino>.
If *HT is not initialized, initialize it. */
static bool
seen_triple (Hash_table **ht, char const *filename, struct stat const *st)
{
if (*ht == NULL)
{
size_t initial_capacity = 7;
*ht = hash_initialize (initial_capacity,
NULL,
triple_hash,
triple_compare_ino_str,
triple_free);
if (*ht == NULL)
xalloc_die ();
}
if (seen_file (*ht, filename, st))
return true;
record_file (*ht, filename, st);
return false;
}
/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME, while treating
missing elements according to CAN_MODE. A canonical name
does not contain any ".", ".." components nor any repeated file name
separators ('/') or, depending on other CAN_MODE flags, symlinks.
Whether components must exist or not depends on canonicalize mode.
The result is malloc'd. */
char *
canonicalize_filename_mode (const char *name, canonicalize_mode_t can_mode)
{
char *rname, *dest, *extra_buf = NULL;
char const *start;
char const *end;
char const *rname_limit;
size_t extra_len = 0;
Hash_table *ht = NULL;
int saved_errno;
int can_flags = can_mode & ~CAN_MODE_MASK;
bool logical = can_flags & CAN_NOLINKS;
size_t prefix_len;
can_mode &= CAN_MODE_MASK;
if (MULTIPLE_BITS_SET (can_mode))
{
errno = EINVAL;
return NULL;
}
if (name == NULL)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return NULL;
}
if (name[0] == '\0')
{
errno = ENOENT;
return NULL;
}
/* This is always zero for Posix hosts, but can be 2 for MS-Windows
and MS-DOS X:/foo/bar file names. */
prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (name))
{
rname = xgetcwd ();
if (!rname)
return NULL;
dest = strchr (rname, '\0');
if (dest - rname < PATH_MAX)
{
char *p = xrealloc (rname, PATH_MAX);
dest = p + (dest - rname);
rname = p;
rname_limit = rname + PATH_MAX;
}
else
{
rname_limit = dest;
}
start = name;
prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (rname);
}
else
{
rname = xmalloc (PATH_MAX);
rname_limit = rname + PATH_MAX;
dest = rname;
if (prefix_len)
{
memcpy (rname, name, prefix_len);
dest += prefix_len;
}
*dest++ = '/';
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT)
{
if (ISSLASH (name[1]) && !ISSLASH (name[2]) && !prefix_len)
*dest++ = '/';
*dest = '\0';
}
start = name + prefix_len;
}
for ( ; *start; start = end)
{
/* Skip sequence of multiple file name separators. */
while (ISSLASH (*start))
++start;
/* Find end of component. */
for (end = start; *end && !ISSLASH (*end); ++end)
/* Nothing. */;
if (end - start == 0)
break;
else if (end - start == 1 && start[0] == '.')
/* nothing */;
else if (end - start == 2 && start[0] == '.' && start[1] == '.')
{
/* Back up to previous component, ignore if at root already. */
if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1)
for (--dest; dest > rname && !ISSLASH (dest[-1]); --dest)
continue;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && dest == rname + 1
&& !prefix_len && ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]))
dest++;
}
else
{
struct stat st;
if (!ISSLASH (dest[-1]))
*dest++ = '/';
if (dest + (end - start) >= rname_limit)
{
ptrdiff_t dest_offset = dest - rname;
size_t new_size = rname_limit - rname;
if (end - start + 1 > PATH_MAX)
new_size += end - start + 1;
else
new_size += PATH_MAX;
rname = xrealloc (rname, new_size);
rname_limit = rname + new_size;
dest = rname + dest_offset;
}
dest = memcpy (dest, start, end - start);
dest += end - start;
*dest = '\0';
if (logical && (can_mode == CAN_MISSING))
{
/* Avoid the stat in this case as it's inconsequential.
i.e. we're neither resolving symlinks or testing
component existence. */
st.st_mode = 0;
}
else if ((logical ? stat (rname, &st) : lstat (rname, &st)) != 0)
{
/* FIXME: If errno == EOVERFLOW here, the entry exists. */
saved_errno = errno;
if (can_mode == CAN_EXISTING)
goto error;
if (can_mode == CAN_ALL_BUT_LAST)
{
if (end[strspn (end, SLASHES)] || saved_errno != ENOENT)
goto error;
continue;
}
st.st_mode = 0;
}
if (S_ISLNK (st.st_mode))
{
char *buf;
size_t n, len;
/* Detect loops. We cannot use the cycle-check module here,
since it's actually possible to encounter the same symlink
more than once in a given traversal. However, encountering
the same symlink,NAME pair twice does indicate a loop. */
if (seen_triple (&ht, name, &st))
{
if (can_mode == CAN_MISSING)
continue;
saved_errno = ELOOP;
goto error;
}
buf = areadlink_with_size (rname, st.st_size);
if (!buf)
{
if (can_mode == CAN_MISSING && errno != ENOMEM)
continue;
saved_errno = errno;
goto error;
}
n = strlen (buf);
len = strlen (end);
if (!extra_len)
{
extra_len =
((n + len + 1) > PATH_MAX) ? (n + len + 1) : PATH_MAX;
extra_buf = xmalloc (extra_len);
}
else if ((n + len + 1) > extra_len)
{
extra_len = n + len + 1;
extra_buf = xrealloc (extra_buf, extra_len);
}
/* Careful here, end may be a pointer into extra_buf... */
memmove (&extra_buf[n], end, len + 1);
name = end = memcpy (extra_buf, buf, n);
if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (buf))
{
size_t pfxlen = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (buf);
if (pfxlen)
memcpy (rname, buf, pfxlen);
dest = rname + pfxlen;
*dest++ = '/'; /* It's an absolute symlink */
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT)
{
if (ISSLASH (buf[1]) && !ISSLASH (buf[2]) && !pfxlen)
*dest++ = '/';
*dest = '\0';
}
/* Install the new prefix to be in effect hereafter. */
prefix_len = pfxlen;
}
else
{
/* Back up to previous component, ignore if at root
already: */
if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1)
for (--dest; dest > rname && !ISSLASH (dest[-1]); --dest)
continue;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && dest == rname + 1
&& ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]) && !prefix_len)
dest++;
}
free (buf);
}
else
{
if (!S_ISDIR (st.st_mode) && *end && (can_mode != CAN_MISSING))
{
saved_errno = ENOTDIR;
goto error;
}
}
}
}
if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1 && ISSLASH (dest[-1]))
--dest;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && dest == rname + 1 && !prefix_len
&& ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]))
dest++;
*dest = '\0';
if (rname_limit != dest + 1)
rname = xrealloc (rname, dest - rname + 1);
free (extra_buf);
if (ht)
hash_free (ht);
return rname;
error:
free (extra_buf);
free (rname);
if (ht)
hash_free (ht);
errno = saved_errno;
return NULL;
}

56
lib/canonicalize.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file.
Copyright (C) 1996-2007, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef CANONICALIZE_H_
# define CANONICALIZE_H_
#include <stdlib.h> /* for canonicalize_file_name */
#define CAN_MODE_MASK (CAN_EXISTING | CAN_ALL_BUT_LAST | CAN_MISSING)
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
enum canonicalize_mode_t
{
/* All components must exist. */
CAN_EXISTING = 0,
/* All components excluding last one must exist. */
CAN_ALL_BUT_LAST = 1,
/* No requirements on components existence. */
CAN_MISSING = 2,
/* Don't expand symlinks. */
CAN_NOLINKS = 4
};
typedef enum canonicalize_mode_t canonicalize_mode_t;
/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME, while treating
missing elements according to CAN_MODE. A canonical name
does not contain any `.', `..' components nor any repeated file name
separators ('/') or, depending on other CAN_MODE flags, symlinks.
Whether components must exist or not depends on canonicalize mode.
The result is malloc'd. */
char *canonicalize_filename_mode (const char *, canonicalize_mode_t);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !CANONICALIZE_H_ */

160
lib/careadlinkat.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
/* Read symbolic links into a buffer without size limitation, relative to fd.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2004, 2007, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering. */
#include <config.h>
#include "careadlinkat.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* Define this independently so that stdint.h is not a prerequisite. */
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
#endif
#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
# define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2))
#endif
#include "allocator.h"
/* Assuming the current directory is FD, get the symbolic link value
of FILENAME as a null-terminated string and put it into a buffer.
If FD is AT_FDCWD, FILENAME is interpreted relative to the current
working directory, as in openat.
If the link is small enough to fit into BUFFER put it there.
BUFFER's size is BUFFER_SIZE, and BUFFER can be null
if BUFFER_SIZE is zero.
If the link is not small, put it into a dynamically allocated
buffer managed by ALLOC. It is the caller's responsibility to free
the returned value if it is nonnull and is not BUFFER. A null
ALLOC stands for the standard allocator.
The PREADLINKAT function specifies how to read links. It operates
like POSIX readlinkat()
<https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/readlink.html>
but can assume that its first argument is the same as FD.
If successful, return the buffer address; otherwise return NULL and
set errno. */
char *
careadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename,
char *buffer, size_t buffer_size,
struct allocator const *alloc,
ssize_t (*preadlinkat) (int, char const *, char *, size_t))
{
char *buf;
size_t buf_size;
size_t buf_size_max =
SSIZE_MAX < SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) SSIZE_MAX + 1 : SIZE_MAX;
char stack_buf[1024];
if (! alloc)
alloc = &stdlib_allocator;
if (! buffer_size)
{
/* Allocate the initial buffer on the stack. This way, in the
common case of a symlink of small size, we get away with a
single small malloc() instead of a big malloc() followed by a
shrinking realloc(). */
buffer = stack_buf;
buffer_size = sizeof stack_buf;
}
buf = buffer;
buf_size = buffer_size;
do
{
/* Attempt to read the link into the current buffer. */
ssize_t link_length = preadlinkat (fd, filename, buf, buf_size);
size_t link_size;
if (link_length < 0)
{
/* On AIX 5L v5.3 and HP-UX 11i v2 04/09, readlink returns -1
with errno == ERANGE if the buffer is too small. */
int readlinkat_errno = errno;
if (readlinkat_errno != ERANGE)
{
if (buf != buffer)
{
alloc->free (buf);
errno = readlinkat_errno;
}
return NULL;
}
}
link_size = link_length;
if (link_size < buf_size)
{
buf[link_size++] = '\0';
if (buf == stack_buf)
{
char *b = (char *) alloc->allocate (link_size);
buf_size = link_size;
if (! b)
break;
memcpy (b, buf, link_size);
buf = b;
}
else if (link_size < buf_size && buf != buffer && alloc->reallocate)
{
/* Shrink BUF before returning it. */
char *b = (char *) alloc->reallocate (buf, link_size);
if (b)
buf = b;
}
return buf;
}
if (buf != buffer)
alloc->free (buf);
if (buf_size <= buf_size_max / 2)
buf_size *= 2;
else if (buf_size < buf_size_max)
buf_size = buf_size_max;
else if (buf_size_max < SIZE_MAX)
{
errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
return NULL;
}
else
break;
buf = (char *) alloc->allocate (buf_size);
}
while (buf);
if (alloc->die)
alloc->die (buf_size);
errno = ENOMEM;
return NULL;
}

67
lib/careadlinkat.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
/* Read symbolic links into a buffer without size limitation, relative to fd.
Copyright (C) 2011-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering. */
#ifndef _GL_CAREADLINKAT_H
#define _GL_CAREADLINKAT_H
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
struct allocator;
/* Assuming the current directory is FD, get the symbolic link value
of FILENAME as a null-terminated string and put it into a buffer.
If FD is AT_FDCWD, FILENAME is interpreted relative to the current
working directory, as in openat.
If the link is small enough to fit into BUFFER put it there.
BUFFER's size is BUFFER_SIZE, and BUFFER can be null
if BUFFER_SIZE is zero.
If the link is not small, put it into a dynamically allocated
buffer managed by ALLOC. It is the caller's responsibility to free
the returned value if it is nonnull and is not BUFFER.
The PREADLINKAT function specifies how to read links. It operates
like POSIX readlinkat()
<https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/readlink.html>
but can assume that its first argument is the same as FD.
If successful, return the buffer address; otherwise return NULL and
set errno. */
char *careadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename,
char *restrict buffer, size_t buffer_size,
struct allocator const *alloc,
ssize_t (*preadlinkat) (int, char const *,
char *, size_t));
/* Suitable value for careadlinkat's FD argument. */
#if HAVE_READLINKAT
/* AT_FDCWD is declared in <fcntl.h>. */
#else
/* Define AT_FDCWD independently, so that the careadlinkat module does
not depend on the fcntl-h module. We might as well use the same value
as fcntl-h. */
# ifndef AT_FDCWD
# define AT_FDCWD (-3041965)
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _GL_CAREADLINKAT_H */

514
lib/cdefs.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,514 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1992-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _SYS_CDEFS_H
#define _SYS_CDEFS_H 1
/* We are almost always included from features.h. */
#ifndef _FEATURES_H
# include <features.h>
#endif
/* The GNU libc does not support any K&R compilers or the traditional mode
of ISO C compilers anymore. Check for some of the combinations not
anymore supported. */
#if defined __GNUC__ && !defined __STDC__
# error "You need a ISO C conforming compiler to use the glibc headers"
#endif
/* Some user header file might have defined this before. */
#undef __P
#undef __PMT
#ifdef __GNUC__
/* All functions, except those with callbacks or those that
synchronize memory, are leaf functions. */
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6) && !defined _LIBC
# define __LEAF , __leaf__
# define __LEAF_ATTR __attribute__ ((__leaf__))
# else
# define __LEAF
# define __LEAF_ATTR
# endif
/* GCC can always grok prototypes. For C++ programs we add throw()
to help it optimize the function calls. But this works only with
gcc 2.8.x and egcs. For gcc 3.2 and up we even mark C functions
as non-throwing using a function attribute since programs can use
the -fexceptions options for C code as well. */
# if !defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 3)
# define __THROW __attribute__ ((__nothrow__ __LEAF))
# define __THROWNL __attribute__ ((__nothrow__))
# define __NTH(fct) __attribute__ ((__nothrow__ __LEAF)) fct
# define __NTHNL(fct) __attribute__ ((__nothrow__)) fct
# else
# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
# define __THROW throw ()
# define __THROWNL throw ()
# define __NTH(fct) __LEAF_ATTR fct throw ()
# define __NTHNL(fct) fct throw ()
# else
# define __THROW
# define __THROWNL
# define __NTH(fct) fct
# define __NTHNL(fct) fct
# endif
# endif
#else /* Not GCC. */
# if (defined __cplusplus \
|| (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L))
# define __inline inline
# else
# define __inline /* No inline functions. */
# endif
# define __THROW
# define __THROWNL
# define __NTH(fct) fct
#endif /* GCC. */
/* Compilers that are not clang may object to
#if defined __clang__ && __has_extension(...)
even though they do not need to evaluate the right-hand side of the &&. */
#if defined __clang__ && defined __has_extension
# define __glibc_clang_has_extension(ext) __has_extension (ext)
#else
# define __glibc_clang_has_extension(ext) 0
#endif
/* These two macros are not used in glibc anymore. They are kept here
only because some other projects expect the macros to be defined. */
#define __P(args) args
#define __PMT(args) args
/* For these things, GCC behaves the ANSI way normally,
and the non-ANSI way under -traditional. */
#define __CONCAT(x,y) x ## y
#define __STRING(x) #x
/* This is not a typedef so `const __ptr_t' does the right thing. */
#define __ptr_t void *
/* C++ needs to know that types and declarations are C, not C++. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
# define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" {
# define __END_DECLS }
#else
# define __BEGIN_DECLS
# define __END_DECLS
#endif
/* Fortify support. */
#define __bos(ptr) __builtin_object_size (ptr, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 1)
#define __bos0(ptr) __builtin_object_size (ptr, 0)
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
# define __warndecl(name, msg) \
extern void name (void) __attribute__((__warning__ (msg)))
# define __warnattr(msg) __attribute__((__warning__ (msg)))
# define __errordecl(name, msg) \
extern void name (void) __attribute__((__error__ (msg)))
#else
# define __warndecl(name, msg) extern void name (void)
# define __warnattr(msg)
# define __errordecl(name, msg) extern void name (void)
#endif
/* Support for flexible arrays.
Headers that should use flexible arrays only if they're "real"
(e.g. only if they won't affect sizeof()) should test
#if __glibc_c99_flexarr_available. */
#if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !defined __HP_cc
# define __flexarr []
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
#elif __GNUC_PREREQ (2,97)
/* GCC 2.97 supports C99 flexible array members as an extension,
even when in C89 mode or compiling C++ (any version). */
# define __flexarr []
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
#elif defined __GNUC__
/* Pre-2.97 GCC did not support C99 flexible arrays but did have
an equivalent extension with slightly different notation. */
# define __flexarr [0]
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
#else
/* Some other non-C99 compiler. Approximate with [1]. */
# define __flexarr [1]
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 0
#endif
/* __asm__ ("xyz") is used throughout the headers to rename functions
at the assembly language level. This is wrapped by the __REDIRECT
macro, in order to support compilers that can do this some other
way. When compilers don't support asm-names at all, we have to do
preprocessor tricks instead (which don't have exactly the right
semantics, but it's the best we can do).
Example:
int __REDIRECT(setpgrp, (__pid_t pid, __pid_t pgrp), setpgid); */
#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
# define __REDIRECT(name, proto, alias) name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define __REDIRECT_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
name proto __THROW __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
# define __REDIRECT_NTHNL(name, proto, alias) \
name proto __THROWNL __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
# else
# define __REDIRECT_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias)) __THROW
# define __REDIRECT_NTHNL(name, proto, alias) \
name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias)) __THROWNL
# endif
# define __ASMNAME(cname) __ASMNAME2 (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, cname)
# define __ASMNAME2(prefix, cname) __STRING (prefix) cname
/*
#elif __SOME_OTHER_COMPILER__
# define __REDIRECT(name, proto, alias) name proto; \
_Pragma("let " #name " = " #alias)
*/
#endif
/* GCC has various useful declarations that can be made with the
`__attribute__' syntax. All of the ways we use this do fine if
they are omitted for compilers that don't understand it. */
#if !defined __GNUC__ || __GNUC__ < 2
# define __attribute__(xyz) /* Ignore */
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 2.96 development the `malloc' attribute
for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
(although this would be possible) since it generates warnings. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,96)
# define __attribute_malloc__ __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
#else
# define __attribute_malloc__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* Tell the compiler which arguments to an allocation function
indicate the size of the allocation. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)
# define __attribute_alloc_size__(params) \
__attribute__ ((__alloc_size__ params))
#else
# define __attribute_alloc_size__(params) /* Ignore. */
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 2.96 development the `pure' attribute
for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
(although this would be possible) since it generates warnings. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,96)
# define __attribute_pure__ __attribute__ ((__pure__))
#else
# define __attribute_pure__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* This declaration tells the compiler that the value is constant. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,5)
# define __attribute_const__ __attribute__ ((__const__))
#else
# define __attribute_const__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 3.1 development the `used' attribute
for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
(although this would be possible) since it generates warnings. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,1)
# define __attribute_used__ __attribute__ ((__used__))
# define __attribute_noinline__ __attribute__ ((__noinline__))
#else
# define __attribute_used__ __attribute__ ((__unused__))
# define __attribute_noinline__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* Since version 3.2, gcc allows marking deprecated functions. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,2)
# define __attribute_deprecated__ __attribute__ ((__deprecated__))
#else
# define __attribute_deprecated__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* Since version 4.5, gcc also allows one to specify the message printed
when a deprecated function is used. clang claims to be gcc 4.2, but
may also support this feature. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,5) || \
__glibc_clang_has_extension (__attribute_deprecated_with_message__)
# define __attribute_deprecated_msg__(msg) \
__attribute__ ((__deprecated__ (msg)))
#else
# define __attribute_deprecated_msg__(msg) __attribute_deprecated__
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 2.8 development the `format_arg' attribute
for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
(although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.
If several `format_arg' attributes are given for the same function, in
gcc-3.0 and older, all but the last one are ignored. In newer gccs,
all designated arguments are considered. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
# define __attribute_format_arg__(x) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (x)))
#else
# define __attribute_format_arg__(x) /* Ignore */
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 2.97 development the `strfmon' format
attribute for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it
unconditionally (although this would be possible) since it
generates warnings. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,97)
# define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) \
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__strfmon__, a, b)))
#else
# define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) /* Ignore */
#endif
/* The nonnull function attribute marks pointer parameters that
must not be NULL. Do not define __nonnull if it is already defined,
for portability when this file is used in Gnulib. */
#ifndef __nonnull
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,3)
# define __nonnull(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
# else
# define __nonnull(params)
# endif
#endif
/* If fortification mode, we warn about unused results of certain
function calls which can lead to problems. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,4)
# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ \
__attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
# if defined __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL && __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0
# define __wur __attribute_warn_unused_result__
# endif
#else
# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ /* empty */
#endif
#ifndef __wur
# define __wur /* Ignore */
#endif
/* Forces a function to be always inlined. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,2)
/* The Linux kernel defines __always_inline in stddef.h (283d7573), and
it conflicts with this definition. Therefore undefine it first to
allow either header to be included first. */
# undef __always_inline
# define __always_inline __inline __attribute__ ((__always_inline__))
#else
# undef __always_inline
# define __always_inline __inline
#endif
/* Associate error messages with the source location of the call site rather
than with the source location inside the function. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
# define __attribute_artificial__ __attribute__ ((__artificial__))
#else
# define __attribute_artificial__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used. Using __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
or __GNUC_GNU_INLINE is not a good enough check for gcc because gcc versions
older than 4.3 may define these macros and still not guarantee GNU inlining
semantics.
clang++ identifies itself as gcc-4.2, but has support for GNU inlining
semantics, that can be checked for by using the __GNUC_STDC_INLINE_ and
__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ macro definitions. */
#if (!defined __cplusplus || __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3) \
|| (defined __clang__ && (defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ \
|| defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__)))
# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ || defined __cplusplus
# define __extern_inline extern __inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
# define __extern_always_inline \
extern __always_inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
# else
# define __extern_inline extern __inline
# define __extern_always_inline extern __always_inline
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __extern_always_inline
# define __fortify_function __extern_always_inline __attribute_artificial__
#endif
/* GCC 4.3 and above allow passing all anonymous arguments of an
__extern_always_inline function to some other vararg function. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
# define __va_arg_pack() __builtin_va_arg_pack ()
# define __va_arg_pack_len() __builtin_va_arg_pack_len ()
#endif
/* It is possible to compile containing GCC extensions even if GCC is
run in pedantic mode if the uses are carefully marked using the
`__extension__' keyword. But this is not generally available before
version 2.8. */
#if !__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
# define __extension__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* __restrict is known in EGCS 1.2 and above. */
#if !__GNUC_PREREQ (2,92)
# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
# define __restrict restrict
# else
# define __restrict /* Ignore */
# endif
#endif
/* ISO C99 also allows to declare arrays as non-overlapping. The syntax is
array_name[restrict]
GCC 3.1 supports this. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,1) && !defined __GNUG__
# define __restrict_arr __restrict
#else
# ifdef __GNUC__
# define __restrict_arr /* Not supported in old GCC. */
# else
# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
# define __restrict_arr restrict
# else
/* Some other non-C99 compiler. */
# define __restrict_arr /* Not supported. */
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
# define __glibc_unlikely(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 0)
# define __glibc_likely(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 1)
#else
# define __glibc_unlikely(cond) (cond)
# define __glibc_likely(cond) (cond)
#endif
#ifdef __has_attribute
# define __glibc_has_attribute(attr) __has_attribute (attr)
#else
# define __glibc_has_attribute(attr) 0
#endif
#if (!defined _Noreturn \
&& (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) < 201112 \
&& !__GNUC_PREREQ (4,7))
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
# define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# else
# define _Noreturn
# endif
#endif
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (8, 0)
/* Describes a char array whose address can safely be passed as the first
argument to strncpy and strncat, as the char array is not necessarily
a NUL-terminated string. */
# define __attribute_nonstring__ __attribute__ ((__nonstring__))
#else
# define __attribute_nonstring__
#endif
#if (!defined _Static_assert && !defined __cplusplus \
&& (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) < 201112 \
&& (!__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6) || defined __STRICT_ANSI__))
# define _Static_assert(expr, diagnostic) \
extern int (*__Static_assert_function (void)) \
[!!sizeof (struct { int __error_if_negative: (expr) ? 2 : -1; })]
#endif
/* The #ifndef lets Gnulib avoid including these on non-glibc
platforms, where the includes typically do not exist. */
#ifndef __WORDSIZE
# include <bits/wordsize.h>
# include <bits/long-double.h>
#endif
#if defined __LONG_DOUBLE_MATH_OPTIONAL && defined __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH
# define __LDBL_COMPAT 1
# ifdef __REDIRECT
# define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT (name, proto, alias)
# define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) \
__LDBL_REDIR1 (name, proto, __nldbl_##name)
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
# define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) \
__LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __nldbl_##name)
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_DECL(name, alias) \
extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME (#alias));
# define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name) \
extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__nldbl_" #name));
# define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
__LDBL_REDIR1 (name, proto, __nldbl_##alias)
# define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
__LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __nldbl_##alias)
# endif
#endif
#if !defined __LDBL_COMPAT || !defined __REDIRECT
# define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) name proto
# define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) name proto
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) name proto __THROW
# define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) name proto __THROW
# define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name)
# ifdef __REDIRECT
# define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT (name, proto, alias)
# define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
__REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
# endif
#endif
/* __glibc_macro_warning (MESSAGE) issues warning MESSAGE. This is
intended for use in preprocessor macros.
Note: MESSAGE must be a _single_ string; concatenation of string
literals is not supported. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,8) || __glibc_clang_prereq (3,5)
# define __glibc_macro_warning1(message) _Pragma (#message)
# define __glibc_macro_warning(message) \
__glibc_macro_warning1 (GCC warning message)
#else
# define __glibc_macro_warning(msg)
#endif
/* Generic selection (ISO C11) is a C-only feature, available in GCC
since version 4.9. Previous versions do not provide generic
selection, even though they might set __STDC_VERSION__ to 201112L,
when in -std=c11 mode. Thus, we must check for !defined __GNUC__
when testing __STDC_VERSION__ for generic selection support.
On the other hand, Clang also defines __GNUC__, so a clang-specific
check is required to enable the use of generic selection. */
#if !defined __cplusplus \
&& (__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) \
|| __glibc_clang_has_extension (c_generic_selections) \
|| (!defined __GNUC__ && defined __STDC_VERSION__ \
&& __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L))
# define __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION 1
#else
# define __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION 0
#endif
#endif /* sys/cdefs.h */

264
lib/chdir-long.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
/* provide a chdir function that tries not to fail due to ENAMETOOLONG
Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#include <config.h>
#include "chdir-long.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "assure.h"
#ifndef PATH_MAX
# error "compile this file only if your system defines PATH_MAX"
#endif
/* The results of openat() in this file are not leaked to any
single-threaded code that could use stdio.
FIXME - if the kernel ever adds support for multi-thread safety for
avoiding standard fds, then we should use openat_safer. */
struct cd_buf
{
int fd;
};
static void
cdb_init (struct cd_buf *cdb)
{
cdb->fd = AT_FDCWD;
}
static int
cdb_fchdir (struct cd_buf const *cdb)
{
return fchdir (cdb->fd);
}
static void
cdb_free (struct cd_buf const *cdb)
{
if (0 <= cdb->fd)
{
bool close_fail = close (cdb->fd);
assure (! close_fail);
}
}
/* Given a file descriptor of an open directory (or AT_FDCWD), CDB->fd,
try to open the CDB->fd-relative directory, DIR. If the open succeeds,
update CDB->fd with the resulting descriptor, close the incoming file
descriptor, and return zero. Upon failure, return -1 and set errno. */
static int
cdb_advance_fd (struct cd_buf *cdb, char const *dir)
{
int new_fd = openat (cdb->fd, dir,
O_SEARCH | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOCTTY | O_NONBLOCK);
if (new_fd < 0)
return -1;
cdb_free (cdb);
cdb->fd = new_fd;
return 0;
}
/* Return a pointer to the first non-slash in S. */
static char * _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
find_non_slash (char const *s)
{
size_t n_slash = strspn (s, "/");
return (char *) s + n_slash;
}
/* This is a function much like chdir, but without the PATH_MAX limitation
on the length of the directory name. A significant difference is that
it must be able to modify (albeit only temporarily) the directory
name. It handles an arbitrarily long directory name by operating
on manageable portions of the name. On systems without the openat
syscall, this means changing the working directory to more and more
"distant" points along the long directory name and then restoring
the working directory. If any of those attempts to save or restore
the working directory fails, this function exits nonzero.
Note that this function may still fail with errno == ENAMETOOLONG, but
only if the specified directory name contains a component that is long
enough to provoke such a failure all by itself (e.g. if the component
has length PATH_MAX or greater on systems that define PATH_MAX). */
int
chdir_long (char *dir)
{
int e = chdir (dir);
if (e == 0 || errno != ENAMETOOLONG)
return e;
{
size_t len = strlen (dir);
char *dir_end = dir + len;
struct cd_buf cdb;
size_t n_leading_slash;
cdb_init (&cdb);
/* If DIR is the empty string, then the chdir above
must have failed and set errno to ENOENT. */
assure (0 < len);
assure (PATH_MAX <= len);
/* Count leading slashes. */
n_leading_slash = strspn (dir, "/");
/* Handle any leading slashes as well as any name that matches
the regular expression, m!^//hostname[/]*! . Handling this
prefix separately usually results in a single additional
cdb_advance_fd call, but it's worthwhile, since it makes the
code in the following loop cleaner. */
if (n_leading_slash == 2)
{
int err;
/* Find next slash.
We already know that dir[2] is neither a slash nor '\0'. */
char *slash = memchr (dir + 3, '/', dir_end - (dir + 3));
if (slash == NULL)
{
errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
return -1;
}
*slash = '\0';
err = cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir);
*slash = '/';
if (err != 0)
goto Fail;
dir = find_non_slash (slash + 1);
}
else if (n_leading_slash)
{
if (cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, "/") != 0)
goto Fail;
dir += n_leading_slash;
}
assure (*dir != '/');
assure (dir <= dir_end);
while (PATH_MAX <= dir_end - dir)
{
int err;
/* Find a slash that is PATH_MAX or fewer bytes away from dir.
I.e. see if there is a slash that will give us a name of
length PATH_MAX-1 or less. */
char *slash = memrchr (dir, '/', PATH_MAX);
if (slash == NULL)
{
errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
return -1;
}
*slash = '\0';
assure (slash - dir < PATH_MAX);
err = cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir);
*slash = '/';
if (err != 0)
goto Fail;
dir = find_non_slash (slash + 1);
}
if (dir < dir_end)
{
if (cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir) != 0)
goto Fail;
}
if (cdb_fchdir (&cdb) != 0)
goto Fail;
cdb_free (&cdb);
return 0;
Fail:
{
int saved_errno = errno;
cdb_free (&cdb);
errno = saved_errno;
return -1;
}
}
}
#if TEST_CHDIR
# include "closeout.h"
# include "error.h"
int
main (int argc, char *argv[])
{
char *line = NULL;
size_t n = 0;
int len;
atexit (close_stdout);
len = getline (&line, &n, stdin);
if (len < 0)
{
int saved_errno = errno;
if (feof (stdin))
exit (0);
error (EXIT_FAILURE, saved_errno,
"reading standard input");
}
else if (len == 0)
exit (0);
if (line[len-1] == '\n')
line[len-1] = '\0';
if (chdir_long (line) != 0)
error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno,
"chdir_long failed: %s", line);
if (argc <= 1)
{
/* Using 'pwd' here makes sense only if it is a robust implementation,
like the one in coreutils after the 2004-04-19 changes. */
char const *cmd = "pwd";
execlp (cmd, (char *) NULL);
error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, "%s", cmd);
}
fclose (stdin);
fclose (stderr);
exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
}
#endif
/*
Local Variables:
compile-command: "gcc -DTEST_CHDIR=1 -g -O -W -Wall chdir-long.c libcoreutils.a"
End:
*/

30
lib/chdir-long.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
/* provide a chdir function that tries not to fail due to ENAMETOOLONG
Copyright (C) 2004-2005, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include "pathmax.h"
/* On systems without PATH_MAX, presume that chdir accepts
arbitrarily long directory names. */
#ifndef PATH_MAX
# define chdir_long(Dir) chdir (Dir)
#else
int chdir_long (char *dir);
#endif

3
lib/chmodat.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
#include <config.h>
#define CHMODAT_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#include "openat.h"

151
lib/chown.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
/* provide consistent interface to chown for systems that don't interpret
an ID of -1 as meaning "don't change the corresponding ID".
Copyright (C) 1997, 2004-2007, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#if !HAVE_CHOWN
/* Simple stub that always fails with ENOSYS, for mingw. */
int
chown (const char *file _GL_UNUSED, uid_t uid _GL_UNUSED,
gid_t gid _GL_UNUSED)
{
errno = ENOSYS;
return -1;
}
#else /* HAVE_CHOWN */
/* Below we refer to the system's chown(). */
# undef chown
/* Provide a more-closely POSIX-conforming version of chown on
systems with one or both of the following problems:
- chown doesn't treat an ID of -1 as meaning
"don't change the corresponding ID".
- chown doesn't dereference symlinks. */
int
rpl_chown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
{
struct stat st;
bool stat_valid = false;
int result;
# if CHOWN_CHANGE_TIME_BUG
if (gid != (gid_t) -1 || uid != (uid_t) -1)
{
if (stat (file, &st))
return -1;
stat_valid = true;
}
# endif
# if CHOWN_FAILS_TO_HONOR_ID_OF_NEGATIVE_ONE
if (gid == (gid_t) -1 || uid == (uid_t) -1)
{
/* Stat file to get id(s) that should remain unchanged. */
if (!stat_valid && stat (file, &st))
return -1;
if (gid == (gid_t) -1)
gid = st.st_gid;
if (uid == (uid_t) -1)
uid = st.st_uid;
}
# endif
# if CHOWN_MODIFIES_SYMLINK
{
/* Handle the case in which the system-supplied chown function
does *not* follow symlinks. Instead, it changes permissions
on the symlink itself. To work around that, we open the
file (but this can fail due to lack of read or write permission) and
use fchown on the resulting descriptor. */
int open_flags = O_NONBLOCK | O_NOCTTY;
int fd = open (file, O_RDONLY | open_flags);
if (0 <= fd
|| (errno == EACCES
&& 0 <= (fd = open (file, O_WRONLY | open_flags))))
{
int saved_errno;
bool fchown_socket_failure;
result = fchown (fd, uid, gid);
saved_errno = errno;
/* POSIX says fchown can fail with errno == EINVAL on sockets
and pipes, so fall back on chown in that case. */
fchown_socket_failure =
(result != 0 && saved_errno == EINVAL
&& fstat (fd, &st) == 0
&& (S_ISFIFO (st.st_mode) || S_ISSOCK (st.st_mode)));
close (fd);
if (! fchown_socket_failure)
{
errno = saved_errno;
return result;
}
}
else if (errno != EACCES)
return -1;
}
# endif
# if CHOWN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
if (!stat_valid)
{
size_t len = strlen (file);
if (len && file[len - 1] == '/' && stat (file, &st))
return -1;
}
# endif
result = chown (file, uid, gid);
# if CHOWN_CHANGE_TIME_BUG
if (result == 0 && stat_valid
&& (uid == st.st_uid || uid == (uid_t) -1)
&& (gid == st.st_gid || gid == (gid_t) -1))
{
/* No change in ownership, but at least one argument was not -1,
so we are required to update ctime. Since chown succeeded,
we assume that chmod will do likewise. Fortunately, on all
known systems where a 'no-op' chown skips the ctime update, a
'no-op' chmod still does the trick. */
result = chmod (file, st.st_mode & (S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO
| S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX));
}
# endif
return result;
}
#endif /* HAVE_CHOWN */

3
lib/chownat.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
#include <config.h>
#define CHOWNAT_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#include "openat.h"

76
lib/cl-strtod.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
/* Convert string to double in the current locale, falling back on the C locale.
Copyright 2019-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#include <config.h>
#include "cl-strtod.h"
#include <c-strtod.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#if LONG
# define CL_STRTOD cl_strtold
# define DOUBLE long double
# define C_STRTOD c_strtold
# define STRTOD strtold
#else
# define CL_STRTOD cl_strtod
# define DOUBLE double
# define C_STRTOD c_strtod
# define STRTOD strtod
#endif
/* This function acts like strtod or strtold, except that it falls
back on the C locale if the initial prefix is not parsable in
the current locale. If the prefix is parsable in both locales,
it uses the longer parse, breaking ties in favor of the current locale.
Parse the initial prefix of NPTR as a floating-point number in the
current locale or in the C locale (preferring the locale that
yields the longer parse, or the current locale if there is a tie).
If ENDPTR is not NULL, set *ENDPTR to the first unused byte, or to
NPTR if the prefix cannot be parsed.
If successful, return a number without changing errno.
If the prefix cannot be parsed, return 0 and possibly set errno to EINVAL.
If the number overflows, return an extreme value and set errno to ERANGE.
If the number underflows, return a value close to 0 and set errno to ERANGE.
If there is some other error, return 0 and set errno. */
DOUBLE
CL_STRTOD (char const *nptr, char **restrict endptr)
{
char *end;
DOUBLE d = STRTOD (nptr, &end);
if (*end)
{
int strtod_errno = errno;
char *c_end;
DOUBLE c = C_STRTOD (nptr, &c_end);
if (end < c_end)
d = c, end = c_end;
else
errno = strtod_errno;
}
if (endptr)
*endptr = end;
return d;
}

2
lib/cl-strtod.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
double cl_strtod (char const *, char **restrict);
long double cl_strtold (char const *, char **restrict);

2
lib/cl-strtold.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
#define LONG 1
#include "cl-strtod.c"

83
lib/cloexec.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
/* cloexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
Copyright (C) 1991, 2004-2006, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The code is taken from glibc/manual/llio.texi */
#include <config.h>
#include "cloexec.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set.
Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
inherited into spawned children. Instead, either use dup_cloexec
followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
non-inheritable in the first place. */
int
set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value)
{
#ifdef F_SETFD
int flags = fcntl (desc, F_GETFD, 0);
if (0 <= flags)
{
int newflags = (value ? flags | FD_CLOEXEC : flags & ~FD_CLOEXEC);
if (flags == newflags
|| fcntl (desc, F_SETFD, newflags) != -1)
return 0;
}
return -1;
#else /* !F_SETFD */
/* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors; the cloexec flag
will be unaffected. */
if (desc < 0)
{
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
if (dup2 (desc, desc) < 0)
/* errno is EBADF here. */
return -1;
/* There is nothing we can do on this kind of platform. Punt. */
return 0;
#endif /* !F_SETFD */
}
/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
prior to exec or spawn. Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
be duplicated. */
int
dup_cloexec (int fd)
{
return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0);
}

38
lib/cloexec.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/* cloexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
Copyright (C) 2004, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <stdbool.h>
/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set.
Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
inherited into spawned children. Instead, either use dup_cloexec
followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
non-inheritable in the first place. */
int set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value);
/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
prior to exec or spawn. Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
be duplicated. */
int dup_cloexec (int fd);

78
lib/close-stream.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
/* Close a stream, with nicer error checking than fclose's.
Copyright (C) 1998-2002, 2004, 2006-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "close-stream.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "fpending.h"
#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
# include "unlocked-io.h"
#endif
/* Close STREAM. Return 0 if successful, EOF (setting errno)
otherwise. A failure might set errno to 0 if the error number
cannot be determined.
A failure with errno set to EPIPE may or may not indicate an error
situation worth signaling to the user. See the documentation of the
close_stdout_set_ignore_EPIPE function for details.
If a program writes *anything* to STREAM, that program should close
STREAM and make sure that it succeeds before exiting. Otherwise,
suppose that you go to the extreme of checking the return status
of every function that does an explicit write to STREAM. The last
printf can succeed in writing to the internal stream buffer, and yet
the fclose(STREAM) could still fail (due e.g., to a disk full error)
when it tries to write out that buffered data. Thus, you would be
left with an incomplete output file and the offending program would
exit successfully. Even calling fflush is not always sufficient,
since some file systems (NFS and CODA) buffer written/flushed data
until an actual close call.
Besides, it's wasteful to check the return value from every call
that writes to STREAM -- just let the internal stream state record
the failure. That's what the ferror test is checking below. */
int
close_stream (FILE *stream)
{
const bool some_pending = (__fpending (stream) != 0);
const bool prev_fail = (ferror (stream) != 0);
const bool fclose_fail = (fclose (stream) != 0);
/* Return an error indication if there was a previous failure or if
fclose failed, with one exception: ignore an fclose failure if
there was no previous error, no data remains to be flushed, and
fclose failed with EBADF. That can happen when a program like cp
is invoked like this 'cp a b >&-' (i.e., with standard output
closed) and doesn't generate any output (hence no previous error
and nothing to be flushed). */
if (prev_fail || (fclose_fail && (some_pending || errno != EBADF)))
{
if (! fclose_fail)
errno = 0;
return EOF;
}
return 0;
}

2
lib/close-stream.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
#include <stdio.h>
int close_stream (FILE *stream);

71
lib/close.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/* close replacement.
Copyright (C) 2008-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include "fd-hook.h"
#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
# include "msvc-inval.h"
#endif
#undef close
#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
static int
close_nothrow (int fd)
{
int result;
TRY_MSVC_INVAL
{
result = close (fd);
}
CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
{
result = -1;
errno = EBADF;
}
DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
return result;
}
#else
# define close_nothrow close
#endif
/* Override close() to call into other gnulib modules. */
int
rpl_close (int fd)
{
#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
int retval = execute_all_close_hooks (close_nothrow, fd);
#else
int retval = close_nothrow (fd);
#endif
#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (retval >= 0)
_gl_unregister_fd (fd);
#endif
return retval;
}

71
lib/closedir.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/* Stop reading the entries of a directory.
Copyright (C) 2006-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <dirent.h>
#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_CLOSEDIR
/* Override closedir(), to keep track of the open file descriptors.
Needed because there is a function dirfd(). */
#else
# include <stdlib.h>
# include "dirent-private.h"
#endif
int
closedir (DIR *dirp)
{
# if REPLACE_FCHDIR || REPLACE_DIRFD
int fd = dirfd (dirp);
# endif
int retval;
#if HAVE_CLOSEDIR
# undef closedir
retval = closedir (dirp);
# ifdef __KLIBC__
if (!retval)
_gl_unregister_dirp_fd (fd);
# endif
#else
if (dirp->current != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
FindClose (dirp->current);
free (dirp);
retval = 0;
#endif
#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (retval >= 0)
_gl_unregister_fd (fd);
#endif
return retval;
}

112
lib/closein.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
/* Close standard input, rewinding seekable stdin if necessary.
Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "closein.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "gettext.h"
#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
#include "close-stream.h"
#include "closeout.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "exitfail.h"
#include "freadahead.h"
#include "quotearg.h"
static const char *file_name;
/* Set the file name to be reported in the event an error is detected
on stdin by close_stdin. See also close_stdout_set_file_name, if
an error is detected when closing stdout. */
void
close_stdin_set_file_name (const char *file)
{
file_name = file;
}
/* Close standard input, rewinding any unused input if stdin is
seekable. On error, issue a diagnostic and _exit with status
'exit_failure'. Then call close_stdout.
Most programs can get by with close_stdout. close_stdin is only
needed when a program wants to guarantee that partially read input
from seekable stdin is not consumed, for any subsequent clients.
For example, POSIX requires that these two commands behave alike:
(sed -ne 1q; cat) < file
tail -n +2 file
Since close_stdin is commonly registered via 'atexit', POSIX
and the C standard both say that it should not call 'exit',
because the behavior is undefined if 'exit' is called more than
once. So it calls '_exit' instead of 'exit'. If close_stdin
is registered via atexit before other functions are registered,
the other functions can act before this _exit is invoked.
Applications that use close_stdout should flush any streams other
than stdin, stdout, and stderr before exiting, since the call to
_exit will bypass other buffer flushing. Applications should be
flushing and closing other streams anyway, to check for I/O errors.
Also, applications should not use tmpfile, since _exit can bypass
the removal of these files.
It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
tools (most notably 'make' and other build-management systems) depend
on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status. */
void
close_stdin (void)
{
bool fail = false;
/* There is no need to flush stdin if we can determine quickly that stdin's
input buffer is empty; in this case we know that if stdin is seekable,
(fseeko (stdin, 0, SEEK_CUR), ftello (stdin))
== lseek (0, 0, SEEK_CUR). */
if (freadahead (stdin) > 0)
{
/* Only attempt flush if stdin is seekable, as fflush is entitled to
fail on non-seekable streams. */
if (fseeko (stdin, 0, SEEK_CUR) == 0 && fflush (stdin) != 0)
fail = true;
}
if (close_stream (stdin) != 0)
fail = true;
if (fail)
{
/* Report failure, but defer exit until after closing stdout,
since the failure report should still be flushed. */
char const *close_error = _("error closing file");
if (file_name)
error (0, errno, "%s: %s", quotearg_colon (file_name),
close_error);
else
error (0, errno, "%s", close_error);
}
close_stdout ();
if (fail)
_exit (exit_failure);
}

32
lib/closein.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
/* Close standard input, rewinding seekable stdin if necessary.
Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GL_CLOSEIN_H
# define _GL_CLOSEIN_H 1
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
void close_stdin_set_file_name (const char *file);
void close_stdin (void);
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif

136
lib/closeout.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
/* Close standard output and standard error, exiting with a diagnostic on error.
Copyright (C) 1998-2002, 2004, 2006, 2008-2020 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "closeout.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "gettext.h"
#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
#include "close-stream.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "exitfail.h"
#include "quotearg.h"
#ifndef __has_feature
# define __has_feature(a) false
#endif
#if defined __SANITIZE_ADDRESS__ || __has_feature (address_sanitizer)
enum { SANITIZE_ADDRESS = true };
#else
enum { SANITIZE_ADDRESS = false };
#endif
static const char *file_name;
/* Set the file name to be reported in the event an error is detected
by close_stdout. */
void
close_stdout_set_file_name (const char *file)
{
file_name = file;
}
static bool ignore_EPIPE /* = false */;
/* Specify the reaction to an EPIPE error during the closing of stdout:
- If ignore = true, it shall be ignored.
- If ignore = false, it shall evoke a diagnostic, along with a nonzero
exit status.
The default is ignore = false.
This setting matters only if the SIGPIPE signal is ignored (i.e. its
handler set to SIG_IGN) or blocked. Only particular programs need to
temporarily ignore SIGPIPE. If SIGPIPE is ignored or blocked because
it was ignored or blocked in the parent process when it created the
child process, it usually is a bug in the parent process: It is bad
practice to have SIGPIPE ignored or blocked while creating a child
process.
EPIPE occurs when writing to a pipe or socket that has no readers now,
when SIGPIPE is ignored or blocked.
The ignore = false setting is suitable for a scenario where it is normally
guaranteed that the pipe writer terminates before the pipe reader. In
this case, an EPIPE is an indication of a premature termination of the
pipe reader and should lead to a diagnostic and a nonzero exit status.
The ignore = true setting is suitable for a scenario where you don't know
ahead of time whether the pipe writer or the pipe reader will terminate
first. In this case, an EPIPE is an indication that the pipe writer can
stop doing useless write() calls; this is what close_stdout does anyway.
EPIPE is part of the normal pipe/socket shutdown protocol in this case,
and should not lead to a diagnostic message. */
void
close_stdout_set_ignore_EPIPE (bool ignore)
{
ignore_EPIPE = ignore;
}
/* Close standard output. On error, issue a diagnostic and _exit
with status 'exit_failure'.
Also close standard error. On error, _exit with status 'exit_failure'.
Since close_stdout is commonly registered via 'atexit', POSIX
and the C standard both say that it should not call 'exit',
because the behavior is undefined if 'exit' is called more than
once. So it calls '_exit' instead of 'exit'. If close_stdout
is registered via atexit before other functions are registered,
the other functions can act before this _exit is invoked.
Applications that use close_stdout should flush any streams
other than stdout and stderr before exiting, since the call to
_exit will bypass other buffer flushing. Applications should
be flushing and closing other streams anyway, to check for I/O
errors. Also, applications should not use tmpfile, since _exit
can bypass the removal of these files.
It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
tools (most notably 'make' and other build-management systems) depend
on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status. */
void
close_stdout (void)
{
if (close_stream (stdout) != 0
&& !(ignore_EPIPE && errno == EPIPE))
{
char const *write_error = _("write error");
if (file_name)
error (0, errno, "%s: %s", quotearg_colon (file_name),
write_error);
else
error (0, errno, "%s", write_error);
_exit (exit_failure);
}
/* Close stderr only if not sanitizing, as sanitizers may report to
stderr after this function returns. */
if (!SANITIZE_ADDRESS && close_stream (stderr) != 0)
_exit (exit_failure);
}

36
lib/closeout.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
/* Close standard output and standard error.
Copyright (C) 1998, 2000, 2003-2004, 2006, 2008-2020 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef CLOSEOUT_H
# define CLOSEOUT_H 1
# include <stdbool.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
void close_stdout_set_file_name (const char *file);
void close_stdout_set_ignore_EPIPE (bool ignore);
void close_stdout (void);
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif

3812
lib/config.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3811
lib/config.hin Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

31
lib/configmake.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
#if HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
# include <winsock2.h> /* avoid mingw pollution on DATADIR */
#endif
#define PREFIX "/data/coreutils"
#define EXEC_PREFIX "/data/coreutils"
#define BINDIR "/data/coreutils/bin"
#define SBINDIR "/data/coreutils/sbin"
#define LIBEXECDIR "/data/coreutils/libexec"
#define DATAROOTDIR "/data/coreutils/share"
#define DATADIR "/data/coreutils/share"
#define SYSCONFDIR "/data/coreutils/etc"
#define SHAREDSTATEDIR "/data/coreutils/com"
#define LOCALSTATEDIR "/data/coreutils/var"
#define RUNSTATEDIR "/data/coreutils/var/run"
#define INCLUDEDIR "/data/coreutils/include"
#define OLDINCLUDEDIR "/usr/include"
#define DOCDIR "/data/coreutils/share/doc/coreutils"
#define INFODIR "/data/coreutils/share/info"
#define HTMLDIR "/data/coreutils/share/doc/coreutils"
#define DVIDIR "/data/coreutils/share/doc/coreutils"
#define PDFDIR "/data/coreutils/share/doc/coreutils"
#define PSDIR "/data/coreutils/share/doc/coreutils"
#define LIBDIR "/data/coreutils/lib"
#define LISPDIR "/data/coreutils/share/emacs/site-lisp"
#define LOCALEDIR "/data/coreutils/share/locale"
#define MANDIR "/data/coreutils/share/man"
#define PKGDATADIR "/data/coreutils/share/coreutils"
#define PKGINCLUDEDIR "/data/coreutils/include/coreutils"
#define PKGLIBDIR "/data/coreutils/lib/coreutils"
#define PKGLIBEXECDIR "/data/coreutils/libexec/coreutils"

61
lib/copy-acl.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/* Copy access control list from one file to file. -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible. */
#include <config.h>
#include "acl.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include "quote.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "gettext.h"
#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
/* Copy access control lists from one file to another. If SOURCE_DESC is
a valid file descriptor, use file descriptor operations, else use
filename based operations on SRC_NAME. Likewise for DEST_DESC and
DST_NAME.
If access control lists are not available, fchmod the target file to
MODE. Also sets the non-permission bits of the destination file
(S_ISUID, S_ISGID, S_ISVTX) to those from MODE if any are set.
Return 0 if successful, otherwise output a diagnostic and return a
negative error code. */
int
copy_acl (const char *src_name, int source_desc, const char *dst_name,
int dest_desc, mode_t mode)
{
int ret = qcopy_acl (src_name, source_desc, dst_name, dest_desc, mode);
switch (ret)
{
case -2:
error (0, errno, "%s", quote (src_name));
break;
case -1:
error (0, errno, _("preserving permissions for %s"), quote (dst_name));
break;
default:
break;
}
return ret;
}

3
lib/count-leading-zeros.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
#include <config.h>
#define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#include "count-leading-zeros.h"

121
lib/count-leading-zeros.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
/* count-leading-zeros.h -- counts the number of leading 0 bits in a word.
Copyright (C) 2012-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Eric Blake. */
#ifndef COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_H
#define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_H 1
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#error "Please include config.h first."
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#ifndef COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE
# define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE _GL_INLINE
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Assuming the GCC builtin is BUILTIN and the MSC builtin is MSC_BUILTIN,
expand to code that computes the number of leading zeros of the local
variable 'x' of type TYPE (an unsigned integer type) and return it
from the current function. */
#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
# define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE) \
return x ? BUILTIN (x) : CHAR_BIT * sizeof x;
#elif _MSC_VER
# pragma intrinsic _BitScanReverse
# pragma intrinsic _BitScanReverse64
# define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE) \
do \
{ \
unsigned long result; \
return MSC_BUILTIN (&result, x) ? result : CHAR_BIT * sizeof x; \
} \
while (0)
#else
# define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE) \
do \
{ \
int count; \
unsigned int leading_32; \
if (! x) \
return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x; \
for (count = 0; \
(leading_32 = ((x >> (sizeof (TYPE) * CHAR_BIT - 32)) \
& 0xffffffffU), \
count < CHAR_BIT * sizeof x - 32 && !leading_32); \
count += 32) \
x = x << 31 << 1; \
return count + count_leading_zeros_32 (leading_32); \
} \
while (0)
/* Compute and return the number of leading zeros in X,
where 0 < X < 2**32. */
COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE int
count_leading_zeros_32 (unsigned int x)
{
/* <https://github.com/gibsjose/BitHacks>
<https://www.fit.vutbr.cz/~ibarina/pub/bithacks.pdf> */
static const char de_Bruijn_lookup[32] = {
31, 22, 30, 21, 18, 10, 29, 2, 20, 17, 15, 13, 9, 6, 28, 1,
23, 19, 11, 3, 16, 14, 7, 24, 12, 4, 8, 25, 5, 26, 27, 0
};
x |= x >> 1;
x |= x >> 2;
x |= x >> 4;
x |= x >> 8;
x |= x >> 16;
return de_Bruijn_lookup[((x * 0x07c4acddU) & 0xffffffffU) >> 27];
}
#endif
/* Compute and return the number of leading zeros in X. */
COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE int
count_leading_zeros (unsigned int x)
{
COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS (__builtin_clz, _BitScanReverse, unsigned int);
}
/* Compute and return the number of leading zeros in X. */
COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE int
count_leading_zeros_l (unsigned long int x)
{
COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS (__builtin_clzl, _BitScanReverse, unsigned long int);
}
/* Compute and return the number of leading zeros in X. */
COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE int
count_leading_zeros_ll (unsigned long long int x)
{
COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS (__builtin_clzll, _BitScanReverse64,
unsigned long long int);
}
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
#endif /* COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_H */

31
lib/creat-safer.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
/* Invoke creat, but avoid some glitches.
Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#include <config.h>
#include "fcntl-safer.h"
#include <fcntl.h>
#include "unistd-safer.h"
int
creat_safer (char const *file, mode_t mode)
{
return fd_safer (creat (file, mode));
}

502
lib/ctype.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
/* A substitute for ISO C99 <ctype.h>, for platforms on which it is incomplete.
Copyright (C) 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible. */
/*
* ISO C 99 <ctype.h> for platforms on which it is incomplete.
* <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/ctype.h.html>
*/
#ifndef _GL_CTYPE_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
#pragma GCC system_header
#endif
/* Include the original <ctype.h>. */
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#include_next <ctype.h>
#ifndef _GL_CTYPE_H
#define _GL_CTYPE_H
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
/* C++ compatible function declaration macros.
Copyright (C) 2010-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
/* Begin/end the GNULIB_NAMESPACE namespace. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE {
# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE }
#else
# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE
#endif
/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
* For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
it exists:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if !@HAVE_FOO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
* For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if @REPLACE_FOO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef foo
# define foo rpl_foo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
* For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if @REPLACE_FOO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef foo
# define foo rpl_foo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
# else
# if !@HAVE_FOO@ or if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
*/
/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
performs the declaration with C linkage. */
#if defined __cplusplus
# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
#else
# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
#endif
/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
Example:
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
*/
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
Example:
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
*/
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
Wrapping rpl_func in an object with an inline conversion operator
avoids a reference to rpl_func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
actually used in the program. */
#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return ::rpl_func; \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
declaration. A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
that would otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>(::rpl_func); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
Wrapping func in an object with an inline conversion operator
avoids a reference to func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
actually used in the program. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return ::func; \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>(::func); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2. Two consecutive casts
are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
errors that would otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
/* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways. */
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>((rettype2 (*) parameters2)(::func)); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. func must be defined without overloaded
variants. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
/* To work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
# if !__OPTIMIZE__
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
"The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
"Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
extern __typeof__ (func) func
# else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
# endif
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
/* To work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
# if !__OPTIMIZE__
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
"The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
"Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
# else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
# endif
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
/* A C macro for emitting warnings if a function is used.
Copyright (C) 2010-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "literal string") issues a declaration
for FUNCTION which will then trigger a compiler warning containing
the text of "literal string" anywhere that function is called, if
supported by the compiler. If the compiler does not support this
feature, the macro expands to an unused extern declaration.
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE ("literal string") expands to the
attribute used in _GL_WARN_ON_USE. If the compiler does not support
this feature, it expands to empty.
These macros are useful for marking a function as a potential
portability trap, with the intent that "literal string" include
instructions on the replacement function that should be used
instead.
_GL_WARN_ON_USE is for functions with 'extern' linkage.
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE is for functions with 'static' or 'inline'
linkage.
However, one of the reasons that a function is a portability trap is
if it has the wrong signature. Declaring FUNCTION with a different
signature in C is a compilation error, so this macro must use the
same type as any existing declaration so that programs that avoid
the problematic FUNCTION do not fail to compile merely because they
included a header that poisoned the function. But this implies that
_GL_WARN_ON_USE is only safe to use if FUNCTION is known to already
have a declaration. Use of this macro implies that there must not
be any other macro hiding the declaration of FUNCTION; but
undefining FUNCTION first is part of the poisoning process anyway
(although for symbols that are provided only via a macro, the result
is a compilation error rather than a warning containing
"literal string"). Also note that in C++, it is only safe to use if
FUNCTION has no overloads.
For an example, it is possible to poison 'getline' by:
- adding a call to gl_WARN_ON_USE_PREPARE([[#include <stdio.h>]],
[getline]) in configure.ac, which potentially defines
HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLINE
- adding this code to a header that wraps the system <stdio.h>:
#undef getline
#if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLINE
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getline, "getline is required by POSIX 2008, but"
"not universally present; use the gnulib module getline");
#endif
It is not possible to directly poison global variables. But it is
possible to write a wrapper accessor function, and poison that
(less common usage, like &environ, will cause a compilation error
rather than issue the nice warning, but the end result of informing
the developer about their portability problem is still achieved):
#if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENVIRON
static char ***
rpl_environ (void) { return &environ; }
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rpl_environ, "environ is not always properly declared");
# undef environ
# define environ (*rpl_environ ())
#endif
or better (avoiding contradictory use of 'static' and 'extern'):
#if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENVIRON
static char ***
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE ("environ is not always properly declared")
rpl_environ (void) { return &environ; }
# undef environ
# define environ (*rpl_environ ())
#endif
*/
#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE
# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later. */
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
extern __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE(message) \
__attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
/* Verify the existence of the function. */
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
extern __typeof__ (function) function
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE(message)
# else /* Unsupported. */
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE(message)
# endif
#endif
/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, "string")
is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "string"), except that the function is
declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type, parameters,
and attributes.
This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does
not work in this case. */
#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX
# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes \
__attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
/* Verify the existence of the function. */
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes
# else /* Unsupported. */
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
# endif
#endif
/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration;
performs the declaration with C linkage. */
#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C
# if defined __cplusplus
# define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C"
# else
# define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern
# endif
#endif
/* Return non-zero if c is a blank, i.e. a space or tab character. */
#if 1
# if !1
_GL_EXTERN_C int isblank (int c);
# endif
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef isblank
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ISBLANK
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (isblank, "isblank is unportable - "
"use gnulib module isblank for portability");
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _GL_CTYPE_H */
#endif /* _GL_CTYPE_H */

57
lib/ctype.in.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/* A substitute for ISO C99 <ctype.h>, for platforms on which it is incomplete.
Copyright (C) 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible. */
/*
* ISO C 99 <ctype.h> for platforms on which it is incomplete.
* <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/ctype.h.html>
*/
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* Include the original <ctype.h>. */
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_CTYPE_H@
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
/* Return non-zero if c is a blank, i.e. a space or tab character. */
#if @GNULIB_ISBLANK@
# if !@HAVE_ISBLANK@
_GL_EXTERN_C int isblank (int c);
# endif
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef isblank
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ISBLANK
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (isblank, "isblank is unportable - "
"use gnulib module isblank for portability");
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H */

85
lib/cycle-check.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
/* help detect directory cycles efficiently
Copyright (C) 2003-2006, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering */
#include <config.h>
#include "cycle-check.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "assure.h"
#define CC_MAGIC 9827862
/* Return true if I is a power of 2, or is zero. */
static bool
is_zero_or_power_of_two (uintmax_t i)
{
return (i & (i - 1)) == 0;
}
void
cycle_check_init (struct cycle_check_state *state)
{
state->chdir_counter = 0;
state->magic = CC_MAGIC;
}
/* In traversing a directory hierarchy, call this function once for each
descending chdir call, with SB corresponding to the chdir operand.
If SB corresponds to a directory that has already been seen,
return true to indicate that there is a directory cycle.
Note that this is done "lazily", which means that some of
the directories in the cycle may be processed twice before
the cycle is detected. */
bool
cycle_check (struct cycle_check_state *state, struct stat const *sb)
{
assure (state->magic == CC_MAGIC);
/* If the current directory ever happens to be the same
as the one we last recorded for the cycle detection,
then it's obviously part of a cycle. */
if (state->chdir_counter && SAME_INODE (*sb, state->dev_ino))
return true;
/* If the number of "descending" chdir calls is a power of two,
record the dev/ino of the current directory. */
if (is_zero_or_power_of_two (++(state->chdir_counter)))
{
/* On all architectures that we know about, if the counter
overflows then there is a directory cycle here somewhere,
even if we haven't detected it yet. Typically this happens
only after the counter is incremented 2**64 times, so it's a
fairly theoretical point. */
if (state->chdir_counter == 0)
return true;
state->dev_ino.st_dev = sb->st_dev;
state->dev_ino.st_ino = sb->st_ino;
}
return false;
}

52
lib/cycle-check.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
/* help detect directory cycles efficiently
Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2006, 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering */
#ifndef CYCLE_CHECK_H
# define CYCLE_CHECK_H 1
# include <stdint.h>
# include <stdbool.h>
# include "dev-ino.h"
# include "same-inode.h"
struct cycle_check_state
{
struct dev_ino dev_ino;
uintmax_t chdir_counter;
int magic;
};
void cycle_check_init (struct cycle_check_state *state);
bool cycle_check (struct cycle_check_state *state, struct stat const *sb);
# define CYCLE_CHECK_REFLECT_CHDIR_UP(State, SB_dir, SB_subdir) \
do \
{ \
/* You must call cycle_check at least once before using this macro. */ \
if ((State)->chdir_counter == 0) \
abort (); \
if (SAME_INODE ((State)->dev_ino, SB_subdir)) \
{ \
(State)->dev_ino.st_dev = (SB_dir).st_dev; \
(State)->dev_ino.st_ino = (SB_dir).st_ino; \
} \
} \
while (0)
#endif

13
lib/dev-ino.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
#ifndef DEV_INO_H
# define DEV_INO_H 1
# include <sys/types.h>
# include <sys/stat.h>
struct dev_ino
{
ino_t st_ino;
dev_t st_dev;
};
#endif

260
lib/di-set.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
/* Set operations for device-inode pairs stored in a space-efficient manner.
Copyright 2009-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering */
#include <config.h>
#include "di-set.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "ino-map.h"
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
/* The hash package hashes "void *", but this package wants to hash
integers. Use integers that are as large as possible, but no
larger than void *, so that they can be cast to void * and back
without losing information. */
typedef size_t hashint;
#define HASHINT_MAX ((hashint) -1)
/* Integers represent inode numbers. Integers in the range
1..(LARGE_INO_MIN-1) represent inode numbers directly. (The hash
package does not work with null pointers, so inode 0 cannot be used
as a key.) To find the representations of other inode numbers, map
them through INO_MAP. */
#define LARGE_INO_MIN (HASHINT_MAX / 2)
/* Set operations for device-inode pairs stored in a space-efficient
manner. Use a two-level hash table. The top level hashes by
device number, as there are typically a small number of devices.
The lower level hashes by mapped inode numbers. In the typical
case where the inode number is positive and small, the inode number
maps to itself, masquerading as a void * value; otherwise, its
value is the result of hashing the inode value through INO_MAP. */
/* A pair that maps a device number to a set of inode numbers. */
struct di_ent
{
dev_t dev;
struct hash_table *ino_set;
};
/* A two-level hash table that manages and indexes these pairs. */
struct di_set
{
/* Map device numbers to sets of inode number representatives. */
struct hash_table *dev_map;
/* If nonnull, map large inode numbers to their small
representatives. If null, there are no large inode numbers in
this set. */
struct ino_map *ino_map;
/* Cache of the most recently allocated and otherwise-unused storage
for probing this table. */
struct di_ent *probe;
};
/* Hash a device-inode-set entry. */
static size_t
di_ent_hash (void const *x, size_t table_size)
{
struct di_ent const *p = x;
dev_t dev = p->dev;
/* When DEV is wider than size_t, exclusive-OR the words of DEV into H.
This avoids loss of info, without applying % to the wider type,
which could be quite slow on some systems. */
size_t h = dev;
unsigned int i;
unsigned int n_words = sizeof dev / sizeof h + (sizeof dev % sizeof h != 0);
for (i = 1; i < n_words; i++)
h ^= dev >> CHAR_BIT * sizeof h * i;
return h % table_size;
}
/* Return true if two device-inode-set entries are the same. */
static bool
di_ent_compare (void const *x, void const *y)
{
struct di_ent const *a = x;
struct di_ent const *b = y;
return a->dev == b->dev;
}
/* Free a device-inode-set entry. */
static void
di_ent_free (void *v)
{
struct di_ent *a = v;
hash_free (a->ino_set);
free (a);
}
/* Create a set of device-inode pairs. Return NULL on allocation failure. */
struct di_set *
di_set_alloc (void)
{
struct di_set *dis = malloc (sizeof *dis);
if (dis)
{
enum { INITIAL_DEV_MAP_SIZE = 11 };
dis->dev_map = hash_initialize (INITIAL_DEV_MAP_SIZE, NULL,
di_ent_hash, di_ent_compare,
di_ent_free);
if (! dis->dev_map)
{
free (dis);
return NULL;
}
dis->ino_map = NULL;
dis->probe = NULL;
}
return dis;
}
/* Free a set of device-inode pairs. */
void
di_set_free (struct di_set *dis)
{
hash_free (dis->dev_map);
if (dis->ino_map)
ino_map_free (dis->ino_map);
free (dis->probe);
free (dis);
}
/* Hash an encoded inode number I. */
static size_t
di_ino_hash (void const *i, size_t table_size)
{
return (hashint) i % table_size;
}
/* Using the DIS table, map a device to a hash table that represents
a set of inode numbers. Return NULL on error. */
static struct hash_table *
map_device (struct di_set *dis, dev_t dev)
{
/* Find space for the probe, reusing the cache if available. */
struct di_ent *ent;
struct di_ent *probe = dis->probe;
if (probe)
{
/* If repeating a recent query, return the cached result. */
if (probe->dev == dev)
return probe->ino_set;
}
else
{
dis->probe = probe = malloc (sizeof *probe);
if (! probe)
return NULL;
}
/* Probe for the device. */
probe->dev = dev;
ent = hash_insert (dis->dev_map, probe);
if (! ent)
return NULL;
if (ent != probe)
{
/* Use the existing entry. */
probe->ino_set = ent->ino_set;
}
else
{
enum { INITIAL_INO_SET_SIZE = 1021 };
/* Prepare to allocate a new probe next time; this one is in use. */
dis->probe = NULL;
/* DEV is new; allocate an inode set for it. */
probe->ino_set = hash_initialize (INITIAL_INO_SET_SIZE, NULL,
di_ino_hash, NULL, NULL);
}
return probe->ino_set;
}
/* Using the DIS table, map an inode number to a mapped value.
Return INO_MAP_INSERT_FAILURE on error. */
static hashint
map_inode_number (struct di_set *dis, ino_t ino)
{
if (0 < ino && ino < LARGE_INO_MIN)
return ino;
if (! dis->ino_map)
{
dis->ino_map = ino_map_alloc (LARGE_INO_MIN);
if (! dis->ino_map)
return INO_MAP_INSERT_FAILURE;
}
return ino_map_insert (dis->ino_map, ino);
}
/* Attempt to insert the DEV,INO pair into the set DIS.
If it matches a pair already in DIS, keep that pair and return 0.
Otherwise, if insertion is successful, return 1.
Upon any failure return -1. */
int
di_set_insert (struct di_set *dis, dev_t dev, ino_t ino)
{
hashint i;
/* Map the device number to a set of inodes. */
struct hash_table *ino_set = map_device (dis, dev);
if (! ino_set)
return -1;
/* Map the inode number to a small representative I. */
i = map_inode_number (dis, ino);
if (i == INO_MAP_INSERT_FAILURE)
return -1;
/* Put I into the inode set. */
return hash_insert_if_absent (ino_set, (void const *) i, NULL);
}
/* Look up the DEV,INO pair in the set DIS.
If found, return 1; if not found, return 0.
Upon any failure return -1. */
int
di_set_lookup (struct di_set *dis, dev_t dev, ino_t ino)
{
hashint i;
/* Map the device number to a set of inodes. */
struct hash_table *ino_set = map_device (dis, dev);
if (! ino_set)
return -1;
/* Map the inode number to a small representative I. */
i = map_inode_number (dis, ino);
if (i == INO_MAP_INSERT_FAILURE)
return -1;
/* Perform the look-up. */
return !!hash_lookup (ino_set, (void const *) i);
}

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More